-#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 221
+#LyX 1.4.0cvs created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 245
+\begin_document
+\begin_header
\textclass book
\begin_preamble
\usepackage{multicol}
\fontscheme default
\graphics default
\paperfontsize default
-\spacing single
-\papersize a4paper
-\paperpackage a4
-\use_geometry 0
+\spacing single
+\papersize default
+\use_geometry false
\use_amsmath 0
-\use_natbib 0
-\use_numerical_citations 0
+\cite_engine basic
+\use_bibtopic false
\paperorientation portrait
\secnumdepth 2
\tocdepth 2
\paragraph_separation indent
\defskip medskip
\quotes_language german
-\quotes_times 2
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
+\tracking_changes false
+\output_changes true
+\end_header
-\layout Title
+\begin_body
+\begin_layout Title
LyX -- Zaawansowane mo¿liwo¶ci
-\layout Author
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Author
by the LyX Team
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
Opiekunem tego pliku jest aktualnie
-\noun on
+\noun on
Mike Ressler
-\noun default
-, mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu.
+\noun default
+.
Proszê wysy³aæ komentarze i poprawki b³êdów na podany adres.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\newline
+\newline
polskie t³umaczenie:
-\newline
+\newline
Tomasz £uczak
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
Opiekunem wersji polskiej tego pliku jest aktualnie
-\noun on
+\noun on
Tomasz £uczak,
-\noun default
+\noun default
tlu@technodat.com.pl.
Proszê wysy³aæ komentarze i poprawki b³êdów na podany adres.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- przy wspó³pracy Paw³a Dziekoñskiego
-\layout Date
+\end_inset
+ przy wspó³pracy Paw³a Dziekoñskiego
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Date
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
today
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Chapter
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Podrêcznik
-\emph on
+\emph on
Zaawansowana Edycja
-\emph default
+\emph default
, który w³a¶nie czytasz jest w³a¶ciwie drug± czê¶ci±
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Powód podzia³u jest prosty:
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêcznik U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
jest ju¿ do¶æ obszerny i zawiera opis wszystkich podstawowych funkcji,
które trzeba poznaæ do przygotowania wiêkszo¶ci dokumentów.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX Team ma d³ugoterminowy cel tworzenia rozszerzeñ LyX-a przez ró¿ne pliki
konfiguracyjne.
To oznacza, ¿e je¶li chcesz obs³ugiwaæ pakiet LaTeX-a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Fizzwizzle
-\family default
+\family default
, to mo¿esz utworzyæ plik uk³adu dla tego pakietu bez konieczno¶ci dokonywania
samodzielnie zmian w LyX-ie.
Ju¿ przyczynili¶my siê do powstania kilku nowych funkcji t± drog±.
Ten podrêcznik, to jest miejsce, gdzie wszystko to udokumentowano.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ten podrêcznik dokumentuje tak¿e kilka funkcji specjalnych, jak faksowanie,
kontrola wersji, obs³uga SGML-u, które wymagaj± dodatkowego oprogramowania
do poprawnej pracy.
Poza tym LyX jest tylko edytorem WYSIWYM i bêdzie zawsze tylko interfejsem
do pewnych funkcji LaTeX-a.
Oczywi¶cie, z udokumentowanymi wszystkimi funkcjami.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li nie przeczyta³e¶ jeszcze wprowadzenia, to w³a¶nie czytasz niew³a¶ciwy
podrêcznik.
Wprowadzenie jest pierwszym miejscem, od którego powiniene¶ zacz±æ.
Opisuje on notacjê i format wszystkich podrêczników.
Powiniene¶ gruntownie zaznajomiæ siê z
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêcznikiem U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
i wszystkimi podstawowymi funkcjami LyX-a.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wiele rozdzia³ów w tym dokumencie jest niezale¿nymi artyku³ami napisanymi
przez pojedyncze osoby i s± one odpowiednio zaznaczone.
Tymi osobami s± generalnie ci, którzy napisali nowy plik uk³adu (layout)
funkcjê.
Je¶li nie wspomniano o autorze w rozdziale lub sekcji to znaczy, ¿e zosta³
napisany przez LyX Documentation Team.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pierwszy rozdzia³ stanowi suplement do narzêdzi edycyjnych LyX-a, nie ujêtych
w
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
i przeznaczony jest dla bardziej zaawansowanych u¿ytkowników.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wszystkie rozdzia³y tego podrêcznika s± w ró¿nym stopniu, ale jednak, opisuj±
wspó³pracê LyX-a i LaTeX-a, pierwszy rozdzia³ opisuje wewnêtrzn± pracê
LyX-a, jak prosto LyX tworzy kod LaTeX-a je¶li chcesz.
To jest oczywiste dla wielu u¿ytkowników LyX-a.
-\layout Chapter
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
LyX i LaTeX
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Jak LyX u¿ywa LaTeX-a
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
To jest rozdzia³ dla TeX-ników i dla ciekawych LaTeX-a.
Wyja¶nimy w nim jak pracuj± LyX i LaTeX tworz±c wynikowe dokumenty do druku.
Tylko w tym miejscu i tylko w tym podrêczniku zak³adamy Twoj± znajomo¶æ
LaTeX-a.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Od jakiego¶ czasu LyX-a nazywamy ,,WYSIWYM frontendem do LaTeX'', ale to
nie jest dalej prawd±.
Istniej± równie¿ inne frontendy do LaTeX-a.
To s± generalnie edytory potrafi±ce uruchomiæ LaTeX-a i zaznaczaæ b³êdy
podczas edycji.
Mimo ¿e LyX
-\emph on
+\emph on
jest
-\emph default
+\emph default
edytorem i
-\emph on
+\emph on
potrafi
-\emph default
+\emph default
uruchomiæ LaTeX-a, i równie¿ zaznaczaæ b³êdy, i tak¿e wiele, wiele wiêcej.
Dziêki koncepcji WYSIWYM
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
What You See Is What You Mean -- dostajesz to o co Ci chodzi
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
, nie musisz znaæ LaTeX-a aby efektywnie u¿ywaæ LyX-a.
LyX posiada tak¿e kilka rozszerzeñ do LaTeX-a
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
The Team did this for parsing/coding reasons.
The new macros allow LyX to more easily produce LaTeX code and ensure that
the resulting code is correct.
Nothing that you, the user, need worry about.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Spróbuj kiedy¶ wybraæ polecenie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik
-\family default
+\family default
i spójrz na preambu³ê utworzonego pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
.
Bêdziesz móg³ zauwa¿yæ ró¿ne nowe makra zdefiniowane specjalnie przez LyX-a
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Trochê historii: kiedy¶ wszystkie makra znajdowa³y siê w pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyx.sty
-\family default
+\family default
.
Pewnego dnia The Team zdecydowa³, ¿e utworzone pliki
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
powinny byæ bardziej przeno¶ne.
Tak teraz makra s± umieszczone w preambule.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Jednak to wszystko dzieje siê prze¼roczy¶cie dla u¿ytkownika.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mamy kilka poleceñ, które automatycznie wywo³uj± LaTeX-a.
Oto one:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
DVI
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
PostScript/PDF
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Aktualizuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
DVI
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Podgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Aktualizuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Postscript/PDF
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Drukuj
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tylko te polecenia wywo³uj± LaTeX-a je¶li dokument siê zmieni³ od czasu
ostatniego uruchomienia LaTeX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Podczas uruchomienia LaTeX-a podczas edycji pliku, LyX wykonuje nastêpuj±ce
czynno¶ci:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Konwertuje dokument
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
do LaTeX-a i zapisuje plik z rozszerzeniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Uruchamia LaTeX-a z plikiem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
(byæ mo¿e kilka razy).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Je¶li s± b³êdy , to zaznacza je w dokumencie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li uruchamiasz LaTeX-a poleceniem podgl±du
-\family sans
+\family sans
DVI
-\family default
+\family default
, LyX uruchamia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
xdvi
-\family default
+\family default
z plikiem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.dvi
-\family default
+\family default
.
Je¶li u¿y³e¶ polecenia podgl±du
-\family sans
+\family sans
PostScript
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
rukuj
-\family default
+\family default
, LyX wykonuje dwa kroki wiêcej:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Uruchamia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dvips
-\family default
+\family default
do konwersji pliku Dvi do pliku postscriptowego:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Dla
-\family sans
+\family sans
Podgl±du
-\family default
+\family default
, plik wyj¶ciowy ma rozszerzenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.ps_tmp
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Dla
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
rukuj
-\family default
+\family default
, plik wyj¶ciowy ma rozszerzenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.ps
-\family default
+\family default
, jak mo¿na by³o siê spodziewaæ.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Wywo³uje
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ghostview
-\family default
+\family default
lub wysy³a plik postscriptowy do drukarki.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
,,Pomocy! LyX utworzy³ nieczytelny plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
!''
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
U¿ytkownicy LaTeX-a bêd± krzyczeæ to przez ca³± noc, gdy deklaracje LyX-a
s± nie do wykorzystania --- oni po prostu nie czytali dokumentacji do LyX-a
(RTFM!)
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Uwaga
-\noun on
+\noun on
John Weiss
-\noun default
+\noun default
: I know a certain faculty member who actually did complain to me that LyX
doesn't generate LaTeX files.
Ain't it funny how, sometimes, faculty are the worst at reading instructions?
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nale¿y postawiæ sprawê jasno.
LyX produkuje dwa rodzaje plików LaTeX-owych.
Jedne s± czytelne dla ludzi.
Za ka¿dym wywo³aniem LaTeX-a przez LyX-a, tworzy on plik LaTeX-a, który
mo¿e byæ ³atwo skanowany w celu poszukiwania b³êdów.
W rezultacie plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
nie jest czytelny dla ludzi.
Nie próbuj go czytaæ.
Je¶li chcesz mieæ plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
aby móc wys³aæ go koledze, to wybierz polecenie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Powtórzymy to jeszcze raz, specjalnie dla podkre¶lenia :
-\layout Quote
-\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quote
Je¶li chcesz plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
móc wys³aæ koledze, to wybierz polecenie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Eksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.23cm
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
Importowanie plików LaTeX-a do LyX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz importowaæ pliki LaTeX-a do LyX-a za pomoc± polecenia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Importuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
L
-\bar default
+\bar default
aTeX
-\family default
+\family default
.
Polecenie wywo³uje skrypt Perl-a o nazwie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
, który na podstawie pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo.tex
-\family default
+\family default
utworzy plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
i otworzy go w LyX-ie.
Je¶li import nie powiedzie siê, mo¿esz spróbowaæ uruchomiæ skrypt
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
z wiersza poleceñ
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Podczas instalacji LyX-a, oddzielny plik wykonywalny o nazwie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
jest umieszczany w tym samym katalogu z binariami co program
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyx
-\family default
+\family default
(np.:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
/usr/local/bin/reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
wymaga interpretera jêzyka Perl (wersja 5.002 jak to napisano).
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
z odpowiednimi parametrami.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
t³umaczy wiêkszo¶æ konstrukcji LaTeX-a, ale nie wszystkie.
Pozostawi rzeczy, których nie rozumie w trybie TeX, aby¶ po konwersji móg³
spojrzeæ na zaznaczony na czerwono tekst i rêcznie go poprawiæ.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
ma w³asn± sekcjê w podrêczniku
-\emph on
+\emph on
Zaawansowane Mo¿liwo¶ci
-\emph default
+\emph default
(a tak¿e odpowiednik w postaci Unix-owego mana), któr± powiniene¶ przeczytaæ,
aby dowiedzieæ siê czego nie interpretuje
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
, b³êdach (oraz jak sobie z nimi poradziæ) i u¿yciu ró¿nych opcji.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li nie mo¿esz u¿yæ do pracy
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
lub je¶li chcesz wstawiæ trochê kodu LaTeX-a do pliku LyX-a, to zajrzyj
do sekcji
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Wstawianie poleceñ LaTeX-a do dokumentów LyX-a
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
To jest raczej wa¿ny punkt: mo¿esz zawsze wstawiæ kod LaTeX-a do dowolnego
dokumentu LyX-a.
wszystkich mo¿liwych konstrukcji LaTeX.
Je¶li potrzebujesz wstawiæ polecenie LaTeX-a do dokumentu LyX-a, to u¿yj
wstawki ERT, któr± mo¿esz wstawiæ do dokumentu poleceniem
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
T
-\bar default
+\bar default
eX
-\family default
+\family default
.
Wstawka ERT mo¿e wystêpowaæ w trzech formach:
-\family sans
+\family sans
collapsed
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
open
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
inlined
-\family default
+\family default
.
Pierwsze dwie formy s± podobne do innych rozwijalnych wstawek (takich jak
np.
wstawka przypisu) i s± wygodne do zaznaczenia poleceñ LaTeX-a.
Forma
-\family sans
+\family sans
inlined
-\family default
+\family default
wstawki wy¶wietla jej zawarto¶æ, co jest wygodne dla krótkich fragmentów
kodu LaTeX-a.
\begin_inset ERT
-status Inlined
+status inlined
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
% tak jak ten
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz prze³±czaæ siê pomiêdzy tymi formami przez klikniêcie prawym klawiszem
myszy na wstawce.
Uwaga je¶li chcesz wiêcej ni¿ jeden wiersz poleceñ LaTeX-a, to nie mo¿esz
korzystaæ z trybu
-\family sans
+\family sans
inlined
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tutaj jest przyk³ad wstawienia poleceñ LaTeX-a w dokumencie LyX-a.
Oto kod:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{tabular}{ll}
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\newline
+\newline
This is an example for a minipage environment.
You
-\newline
+\newline
can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating)
-\newline
+\newline
figures and tables.
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{minipage}
-\newline
+\newline
&
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{verbatim}
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\newline
+\newline
This ...
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{minipage}
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{verbatim}
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{minipage}
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{tabular}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wstawka ERT zawieraj±ca powy¿szy tekst jest umieszczona bezpo¶rednio po
tym akapicie.
Je¶li czytasz ten podrêcznik w LyX-ie, to zobaczysz tylko przycisk z czerwonym
tekstem.
Czytaj±c drukowan± wersjê tego podrêcznika zobaczysz rezultaty:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{tabular}{ll}
-\newline
+\end_layout
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\newline
-This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is an example for a minipage environment.
+ You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{minipage}
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
&
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\newline
+\end_layout
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\backslash
begin{verbatim}
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{minipage}{5cm}
-\newline
-This ...
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This ...
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{minipage}
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{verbatim}
-\newline
+\end_layout
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\backslash
end{minipage}
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{tabular}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Ponadto mo¿esz utworzyæ oddzielny plik zawieraj±cy skomplikowan± strukturê
LaTeX-a i do³±czyæ go poleceniem
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
o³±cz plik
-\family default
+\family default
(powiniene¶ wybraæ opcjê
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw
-\family default
+\family default
).
Zalecamy aby¶ do³±cza³ pliki
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
, o których
-\emph on
+\emph on
wiesz
-\emph default
+\emph default
, ¿e s± poprawne.
W innym wypadku bêdziesz mia³ sporo zajêcia z wyszukiwaniem b³êdów\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Kilka ostatnich uwag o wyró¿nieniu:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Wewn±trz LyX-a, kod LaTeX-a pojawia siê
-\emph on
+\emph on
na czerwono
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
LyX
-\emph on
+\emph on
nie
-\emph default
+\emph default
sprawdza poprawno¶ci Twojego kodu LaTeX-owego,
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Staraj siê nie odkrywaæ ko³a na nowo.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Na koniec dwie uwagi.
Po pierwsze, LyX posiada niewiele funkcji ca³kowicie wbudowanych ale bêdzie
wiêcej.
B±d¼ pewien, sprawdzaj±c podrêcznik, ¿e danej funkcji LyX nie posiada zanim
zaczniesz kodowaæ j± w LaTeX-u
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Uwaga od
-\noun on
+\noun on
John Weiss
-\noun default
+\noun default
-a: I seem to do this an awful lot.
Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to
learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this.
Worse yet - I had them already!
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Po drugie istnieje wiele pakietów LaTeX-a pocz±wszy od sk³adu etykiet czy
Przejrzyj archiwum CTAN aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów (zobacz sekcjê
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ctan}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li potrzebujesz zrobiæ trochê dzikich i ³adnych rzeczy wewn±trz dokumentu,
b±d¼ pewien swoich konstrukcji korzystaj±c z dobrej ksi±¿ki o LaTeX-u.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pewna liczba poleceñ LaTeX-a musi byæ umieszczona przed pocz±tkiem tekstu.
Powinny one zostaæ umieszczone w preambule co opisano w nastêpnej sekcji.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Preambu³a LyX-a i LaTeX-a
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
O preambule LaTeX-a
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Je¶li ju¿ znasz LaTeX-a, to nie potrzebujesz tutaj wyja¶nienia do czego
s³u¿y preambu³a.
W innym przypadku powiniene¶ czytaæ poni¿sze sekcje, poniewa¿ w nich jest
wyja¶nione co mo¿esz zrobiæ i czego nie musisz zrobiæ w preambule LyX-owego
dokumentu.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Preambu³a LaTeX-a znajduje siê na samym pocz±tku dokumentu
-\emph on
+\emph on
przed
-\emph default
+\emph default
jego tre¶ci±.
S³u¿y ona do:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
deklaracji klasy dokumentu.
LyX ju¿ wykonuje to za Ciebie.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li jeste¶ LaTeX-nikiem i masz ju¿ trochê dopasowanych klas dokumentów,
których chcesz u¿ywaæ, to zajrzyj do podrêcznika
-\emph on
+\emph on
Konfiguracja
-\emph default
+\emph default
aby dowiedzieæ siê jak wykonaæ do nich interfejs.
Nie zapomnij wys³aæ swoich osi±gniêæ do LyX Team-u aby je w³±czyæ do przysz³ych
wersji!
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
deklaracji u¿ywanych pakietów.
Pakiety LaTeX-a dostarczaj± specjalne polecenia, które s± dostêpne w dokumencie
tylko je¶li zadeklarujemy pakiet w preambule.
Na przyk³ad,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\family default
+\family default
pakiet
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
indentfirst
-\family default
+\family default
wymusza wcinanie wszystkich akapitów.
istniej± pakiety dla etykiet, kopert, marginesów itd.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
ustawiania liczników, zmiennych, d³ugo¶ci i szeroko¶ci.
Istnieje kilka liczników LaTeX-a i zmiennych, które
-\emph on
+\emph on
musz±
-\emph default
+\emph default
byæ ustawione globalnie z poziomu preambu³y, aby uzyskaæ ¿±dany efekt [istniej±
inne zmienne, które mo¿na ustawiaæ tak¿e wewn±trz dokumentu].
Marginesy s± dobrym przyk³adem czego¶ co musi byæ ustawione w preambule.
Innym przyk³adem jest format nalepek na listy.
Mo¿esz ustawiæ je gdziekolwiek, ale najlepszym miejscem do tego jest preambu³a.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
deklaracji definiowanych przez u¿ytkownika poleceñ [za pomoc± polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
newcommand
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand
-\family default
+\family default
], g³ównie skrótów dla poleceñ LaTeX-a, które wystêpuj± czêsto w tek¶cie
dokumentu.
Mimo to preambu³a jest dobrym miejscem na deklaracje poleceñ, które
-\emph on
+\emph on
mog±
-\emph default
+\emph default
byæ deklarowane gdziekolwiek indziej [byleby
-\emph on
+\emph on
przed
-\emph default
+\emph default
ich pierwszym u¿yciem w tek¶cie].
To mo¿e byæ u¿yteczne je¶li mamy wiele kodu LaTeX-a w dokumencie, który
normalnie nie powinien siê zdarzyæ.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX dodaje do preambu³y w³asne definicje podczas tworzenia pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
.
To czyni dokumenty LaTeX-a utworzone przez LyX-a przeno¶nymi.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zmiana preambu³y
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenia, które dodaje LyX do preambu³y s± zafiksowane i nie mo¿esz ich
zmieniæ bez samodzielnego patchowania LyX-a.
Mo¿esz jednak dodaæ w³asne rzeczy do preambu³y.
Mo¿esz to zrobiæ na dwa sposoby:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Wybierz polecenie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
reambu³a
-\family default
+\family default
z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
F
-\bar default
+\bar default
ormatowanie
-\family default
+\family default
.
Otworzy siê wówczas okno, w którym mo¿esz wpisaæ swoje polecenia.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Edytor preambu³y jest prymitywny, nie spodziewaj siê po nim zbyt wiele.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Utwórz w swoim domy¶lnym szablonie dokumentu (zobacz
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:setup}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
) odpowiednie wpisy w preambule.
Wówczas tworz±c nowy dokument na jego podstawie preambu³a bêdzie ju¿ wpisana.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX nie dodaje niczego do Twojej czê¶ci preambu³y.
Zanim dodasz deklaracje do preambu³y powiniene¶ upewniæ siê, ¿e nie jest
ju¿ to wykonane przez LyX-a [czy pamiêtasz co mówili¶my o ponownym wynalezieniu
ko³a?].
Ponadto
-\emph on
+\emph on
dokonuj poprawnych wpisów w preambule
-\emph default
+\emph default
-- LyX nie sprawdza jej poprawno¶ci.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przyk³ady
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tutaj znajduje siê kilka przyk³adów co mo¿na dodaæ do preambu³y:
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Przyk³ad #1: Przesuniêcie strony
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Istniej± dwie zmienne LaTeX-a do sterowania pozycj± strony:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
hoffset
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
voffset
-\family default
+\family default
.
Ich nazwy s± samoobja¶niaj±ce.
Te zmienne s± u¿yteczne je¶li w tej chwili o etykietach.
Czasami rozmiar medium i obszar medium, na którym bêdziesz drukowaæ nie
pokrywaj± siê.
Wówczas mamy polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
hoffset
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
voffset
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± dla
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
hoffset
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
voffset
-\family default
+\family default
jest 0 pt, czyli strona nie jest przesuniêta.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Niestety, niektóre sterowniki DVI wydaj± siê zawsze przesuwaæ stronê.
Nie mamy pomys³u dlaczego lub dlaczego Twój administrator nie poprawi³
tego.
Je¶li u¿ywasz LyX-a w systemie, którego osobi¶cie nie nadzorujesz, a którego
administrator to ,,doofus'', to polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
hoffset
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
voffset
-\family default
+\family default
mog± zaoszczêdziæ Ci dni.
Na przyk³ad Twoje marginesy lewy i górny s± zawsze o pó³ cala zbyt du¿e.
Nale¿y wówczas dodaæ do preambu³y nastêpuj±ce polecenia:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
setlength{
-\backslash
+\backslash
hoffset}{-0.5 in}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
setlength{
-\backslash
+\backslash
voffset}{-0.5 in}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
a Twoje marginesy bêd± teraz poprawne.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Przyk³ad #2: Etykiety
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mówi±c etykiety mamy na my¶li wydruk etykiet z adresami.
Istnieje mi³y pakiet, dostêpny w najbli¿szym Ci archiwum CTAN, do wydruku
etykiet o nazwie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
labels.sty
-\family default
+\family default
.
Twój system mo¿e nie mieæ go domy¶lnie zainstalowanego -- zostawiamy Ci
to do sprawdzenia.
Pewnie bêdziesz chcia³ przeczytaæ dokumentacjê pakietu -- my nie zrobimy
tego za Ciebie.
Jednak poni¿szym przyk³adem podpowiadamy Ci jak z niego skorzystaæ.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Po pierwsze wybierz klasê dokumentu
-\family sans
+\family sans
article
-\family default
+\family default
.
Nastêpnie wpisz do preambu³y nastêpuj±ce deklaracje:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{labels}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
LabelCols=3
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
LabelRows=7
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
LeftBorder=8mm
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
RightBorder=8mm
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
TopBorder=9mm
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
BottomBorder=2mm
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Te ustawienia s± odpowiednie dla arkusza etykiet Avery, nr #5360.
Teraz jeste¶ gotów do wydruku etykiet, ale potrzeba jeszcze wstawiæ polecenia
LaTeX umieszczaj±c polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{labels}
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{labels}
-\family default
+\family default
wokó³ ka¿dego tekstu z tre¶ci± etykiety.
Ta i inne funkcje pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
labels.sty
-\family default
+\family default
s± wyja¶nione w dokumentacji.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Byæ mo¿e, ¿e kiedy¶, kto¶ napisze plik uk³adu LyX-a do obs³ugi tego pakietu
wprost.
Byæ mo¿e to bêdziesz Ty.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Przyk³ad #3: Wciêcie akapitu
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Amerykanie s± wyæwiczeni we wcinaniu pierwszego wiersza
-\emph on
+\emph on
ka¿dego
-\emph default
+\emph default
akapitu.
Tak jak wszystkie inne dziwne quirks, wiêkszo¶æ Amerykanów bêdzie wyæ i
jêczeæ dopóki nie bêd± mieli wcinanych pierwszych wierszy we wszystkich
akapitach
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Uwaga od
-\noun on
+\noun on
Johna Weiss'a
-\noun default
+\noun default
: To by³o napisane przez Amerykanina -- przeze
-\emph on
+\emph on
mnie
-\emph default
+\emph default
! Tak postrzegam moich rodaków.
Nieprzerwanie ja nie lubiê tego.
Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp!
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-\layout Standard
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Przyp.
t³um.
Polacy równie¿.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Oczywi¶cie takie zachowanie nie jest standardem w typografii.
W ksi±¿kach wcinana jest tylko pierwszy wiersz akapitu je¶li ten akapit
wystêpuje po poprzednim akapicie.
Je¶li jednak nie ma poprzedniego akapitu, np.
pod rysunkiem lub na pocz±tku rozdzia³u czy sekcji, pierwszy akapit nie
bêdzie wyró¿niony wciêciem.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li jeste¶ amerykaninem, to nie przejmuj siê takimi ezoterycznymi rzeczami,
po prostu chcesz mieæ wciêcia! Dodaj to do preambu³y
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Przyp.
t³um.
Klasy
-\family sans
+\family sans
mwart
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
mwbk
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
mwrep
-\family default
+\family default
autorstwa
-\noun on
+\noun on
Marcina Woliñskiego
-\noun default
+\noun default
automatycznie wcinaj± wszystkie akapity.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{indentfirst}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li Twoja dystrybucja TeX-a nie jest pod³a, to bêdziesz mia³ ten pakiet
zainstalowany i wszystkie akapity bêd± wcinane tak jak na to zas³uguj±.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Przyk³ad #4: Ten dokument
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz tak¿e sprawdziæ jak± preambu³ê posiada ten dokument, aby poznaæ jakie
zaawansowane rzeczy mo¿esz zrobiæ.
Ponadto wiêcej przyk³adów co mo¿na wpisaæ do preambu³y znajdziesz w tym
podrêczniku.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
B³êdy LyX-a i LaTeX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Gdy LyX wywo³uje LaTeX-a, informuje go aby ignorowa³ wszelkie b³êdy i przetwarza
³ dalej.
Mo¿na to wykorzystaæ do przejrzenia logu przebiegu LaTeX i wykonania post-morte
m czynno¶ci.
Jak wspomnieli¶my wcze¶niej, LyX tworzy dwa rodzaje plików
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
, jeden z nich jest u¿ywany do lokalizacji b³êdów w dokumencie.
Je¶li pojawi siê b³±d, to LyX umie¶ci prostok±t ze s³owem ,,B³±d'' w odpowiedni
m miejscu w dokumencie
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX okazjonalnie nie odgadnie miejsca, w którym zdarzy³ siê b³±d.
To siê zdarza zwykle przy tabelach, rysunkach, matematyce i preambule.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Zostanie tak¿e wy¶wietlony komunikat informuj±cy o fakcie wyst±pienia b³êdów
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz nawigowaæ pomiêdzy b³êdami za pomoc± polecenia
-\family sans
+\family sans
B³±d
-\family default
+\family default
z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
N
-\bar default
+\bar default
awigacja
-\family default
+\family default
.
Mo¿esz ,,otwieraæ'' znaczniki b³êdów i podejrzeæ komunikaty LaTeX-a przez
klikniêcie na znaczniku.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wiele osób lubi zobaczyæ wprost ca³y log, który jest dostêpny z menu
-\family sans
+\family sans
-\bar under
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
odgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
K
-\bar default
+\bar default
omunikaty LaTeX-a
-\family default
+\family default
.
Istniej kilka powszechnych komunikatów b³êdów i ostrze¿eñ.
Wyja¶nimy je tutaj.
Powiniene¶ zajrzeæ do dobrej ksi±¿ki o LaTeX-u dla zapoznania siê z pe³n±
list±.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
LaTeX Warning:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Komunikat zaczynaj±ce siê tymi s³owy jest komunikatem diagnostycznym LaTeX-a.
Otrzymasz podobne ostrze¿enie gdy dodasz lub zmienisz odno¶nik lub wpis
bibliografii, wówczas LaTeX komunikuje Ci, ¿e powinien zostaæ uruchomiony
jeszcze raz.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ostrze¿enie mo¿na w wiêkszo¶ci zignorowaæ.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
LaTeX Font Warning:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Inny komunikat ostrzegawczy, tym razem o fontach, których LaTeX nie potrafi³
znale¼æ.
Reszta komunikatu czêsto informuje jakich fontów u¿y³ LaTeX w zastêpstwie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz go bezpiecznie zignorowaæ.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Overfull
-\backslash
+\backslash
hbox
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX absolutnie
-\emph on
+\emph on
uwielbia
-\emph default
+\emph default
dawaæ takie komunikaty.
Ostrze¿enia dotycz± wierszy, które s± zbyt d³ugie i wystaj± poza prawy
margines.
Albo jeden lub dwa znaki przekraczaj± prawy margines.
LaTeX zdaje siê generowaæ co najmniej jeden taki komunikat dla dowolnego
dokumentu jaki napiszesz.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz ignorowaæ te g³upie komunikaty.
Zobaczysz na w³asne oczy je¶li co¶ bêdzie zbyt szerokie, spójrz na wynik
przetwarzania.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Underfull
-\backslash
+\backslash
hbox
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX komunikuje nam, ¿e zbyt ma³e wype³nienie wiersza zmusza go do wstawienia
zbyt du¿ych odstêpów miêdzy wyrazami.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz go tak¿e zignorowaæ.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Overfull
-\backslash
+\backslash
vbox
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Underfull
-\backslash
+\backslash
vbox
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Ostrze¿enie o k³opotach z ³amaniem stron -- zbyt ma³ych lub zbyt du¿ych
odstêpach pionowych.
Jeszcze raz spójrz na wynik przetwarzania.
Zobaczysz na w³asne oczy je¶li co¶ bêdzie zbyt szerokie.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
LaTeX Error: File
\begin_inset Quotes els
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Xxxx
\begin_inset Quotes ers
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
not found
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Plik ,,Xxxx'' nie jest zainstalowany w systemie.
Ten komunikat pojawia siê czêsto, gdy nie zainstalowa³e¶ pakietów u¿ytych
w dokumencie.
Je¶li nie dotyka³e¶ preambu³y lub nie u¿ywa³e¶ polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{}
-\family default
+\family default
, to znaczy ¿e brakuje jednego z pakietów, które próbuje za³adowaæ LyX.
U¿yj polecenia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
omoc\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
K
-\bar default
+\bar default
onfiguracja LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
aby zobaczyæ listê pakietów znanych LyX-owi.
Ten plik jest uaktualniany podczas ka¿dej rekonfiguracji LyX-a (polecenie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
dycja
-\bar under
+\bar under
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
R
-\bar default
+\bar default
ekonfiguruj
-\family default
+\family default
) i zawiera informacje, które pakiety zosta³y wykryte i do czego s³u¿±.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li
-\emph on
+\emph on
u¿y³e¶
-\emph default
+\emph default
polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{}
-\family default
+\family default
i pakiet nie zosta³ zainstalowany, to nale¿y zainstalowaæ go samodzielnie.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
LaTeX Error: Unknown option
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
B³±d pojawia siê gdy podano niezdefiniowan± (lub b³êdn±) opcjê u¿ytego pakietu.
Sprawd¼ dokumentacjê do pakietu.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Undefined control sequence
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li wstawi³e¶ polecenie LaTeX w dokumencie, ale pope³ni³e¶ np.
b³±d literowy, to otrzymasz taki w³a¶nie komunikat b³êdu.
Byæ mo¿e zapomnia³e¶ za³adowaæ jaki¶ pakiet.
W ogólnym przypadku, komunikat b³êdu zwykle oznacza, ¿e u¿y³e¶ niezdefiniowaneg
o polecenia.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Istniej± jeszcze inne komunikaty b³êdów i ostrze¿eñ, a wiele z nich jest
samoobja¶niaj±cych.
Podane s± czêstymi komunikatami.
Inne s± naprawdê zaszyfrowane.
To s± aktualne komunikaty TeX-a i my na prawdê nie mamy klucza jak je odszyfrow
aæ.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Oto ogólny tok postêpowania je¶li zdarzy siê b³±d:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Sprawd¼ poprawno¶æ poleceñ LaTeX-a wstawionych w dokumencie.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Je¶li nie ma b³êdów literowych, to sprawd¼ poprawno¶æ ich u¿ycia.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Je¶li dostaniesz pêk znaczników b³êdów na samym pocz±tku dokumentu, to znaczy,
¿e jest jaki¶ b³±d w preambule.
Zacznij debugowaæ swoj± preambu³ê.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Je¶li nie doda³e¶ niczego do preambu³y i nie wstawi³e¶ ¿adnych poleceñ LaTeX-a
do dokumentu, to najpierw sprawd¼ swoj± dystrybucjê LaTeX.
Sprawd¼ brakuj±ce pakiety i zainstaluj je.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
OK, nie brakuje pakietów.
Czy nie u¿y³e¶ jakie¶ opcji dopasowuj±cej w LyX-ie? Precyzuj±c, czy nie
u¿y³e¶ jej niew³a¶ciwie, jak próba rêcznego wstawienia wielu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Protected Blank
-\family default
+\family default
s,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Linebreak
-\family default
+\family default
s czy
-\family sans
+\family sans
Pagebreak
-\family default
+\family default
s? Czy próbowa³e¶ to kludge co¶ razem z nimi zamiast u¿yæ odpowiednich ¶rodowisk
akapitów?
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
OK, nie u¿y³e¶ ¿adnej opcji dopasowuj±cej, postêpujesz zgodnie z zasadami.
Czy próbowa³e¶ przeprowadziæ jaki¶ fantastyczny manewr? Czy zrobi³e¶ co¶
wspania³ego w tabeli czy równaniu, jak wstawienie grafiki do komórki tabeli?
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Czy nie masz zbyt d³ugich akapitów tekstu gdzie LaTeX nie mo¿e znale¼æ miejsca
na prze³amanie wiersza? Domy¶lnie LaTeX jest dok³adny w dodawaniu ekstra
odstêpów miêdzy wyrazami aby prze³amaæ wiersz.
Proponowane jest przerobienie akapitów aby usun±æ ten problem.
Je¶li to nie jest mo¿liwe, mo¿esz obj±æ swój tekst w
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
sloppypar
-\family default
+\family default
aby obni¿yæ wymagania LaTeX-a przy ³amaniu wierszy.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Czy nie przesadzi³e¶ z zagnie¿d¿aniem? LyX [aktualnie] nie sprawdza czy
nie przekroczy³e¶ limitu zagnie¿d¿enia ¶rodowiska.
Je¶li zagnie¼dzi³e¶ ¶rodowiska a¿ do 17 poziomu, to mo¿e byæ problem.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Nie otrzyma³e¶ ¿adnych komunikatów b³êdów ale wynik ¼le wygl±da.
Je¶li masz tabelê lub rysunek szerszy lub d³u¿szy od strony, to powiniene¶:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
przeskalowaæ rysunek do odpowiednich wymiarów,
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
skróciæ tabelê, tak aby pasowa³a.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li dalej jest ¼le z wynikiem i nie próbowa³e¶ przeprowadziæ ¿adnych wspania³y
ch lub kludge opcji dopasowuj±cych, to my nie wiemy co jest nie tak.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li to nie pomo¿e, to
-\emph on
+\emph on
prawdopodobnie
-\emph default
+\emph default
znalaz³e¶ b³±d w LyX-ie\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\layout Chapter
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
Dodatkowe narzêdzia sk³adu dokumentu
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Przygotowanie bibliografii za pomoc± BibTeX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Mike Ressler
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Ressler is to blame for all of Chapter 1 except where noted.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
STOP! je¶li wiesz czym jest BibTeX lub masz dobry pomys³ na jego zastosowanie
(np.
u³o¿enie swojej w³asnej bazy bibliograficznej) nie id¼, a biegnij do swojego
egzemplarza drugiego wydania Lamporta
-\emph on
+\emph on
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System
-\emph default
+\emph default
, zw³aszcza
-\emph on
+\emph on
Dodatek B
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
W dalszej dyskusji zak³adamy, ¿e masz utworzony poprawny plik bibliografii
oraz masz poprawnie ustawione wszystkie odpowiednie zmienne ¶rodowiska
(np.
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
BIBINPUTS
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
BSTINPUTS
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
TEXINPUTS
-\family default
+\family default
) oraz je¶li jeste¶ odpowiednio zdesperowany powiniene¶ utworzyæ plik LaTeX-a
,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
'' z baz± BibTeX-a.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dla tych, którzy nie znaj± BibTeX-a, jest to system do tworzenia wielkich
baz Twoich czêsto u¿ywanych odno¶ników do literatury.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dla wszystkich przysz³ych artyku³ów, zapisz tylko potrzebne pozycje literatury
do wstawienia do bazy i oznacz odpowiednim kluczem ka¿dy odno¶nik.
Nawet je¶li piszesz tylko kilka dokumentów z kilkoma odno¶nikami w ka¿dym,
to warto po¶wiêciæ Twój czas na sprawdzenie BibTeX-a i zdecydowaæ czy bêdzie
u¿yteczny dla Ciebie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Aby u¿ywaæ BibTeX-a w LyX-ie nale¿y najpierw zapoznaæ siê
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêcznikiem U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
, w którym opisano sposób wstawiania cytowañ.
Podstawowy mechanizm wstawiania odno¶ników BibTeX-a jest taki sam.
Umie¶æ kursor na koñcu dokumentu i wybierz
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
S
-\bar default
+\bar default
pisy\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
C
-\bar default
+\bar default
ytowanie
-\family default
+\family default
.
W otwartym oknie dialogowym wype³nij dwa pola:
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Baza\SpecialChar ~
+\begin_layout Description
+Baza\InsetSpace ~
Danych podaj nazwê pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.bib
-\family default
+\family default
ale BEZ rozszerzenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.bib
-\family default
+\family default
.
Dla wyszukiwania w wielu plikach
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.bib
-\family default
+\family default
nale¿y podaæ ich nazwy rozdzielaj±c je przecinkiem.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Styl podaj nazwê pliku stylu BibTeX-a BEZ rozszerzenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.bst
-\family default
+\family default
.
Domy¶lnym stylem jest
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
plain
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Dostêpne s± równie¿ style zgodne z polskimi zwyczajami typograficznymi o
nazwach:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
plabbrv
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
plalpha
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
plplain
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
plunsrt
-\family default
+\family default
.
Przyp.
t³um.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
(który powinien byæ do³±czony do Twojej dystrybucji LaTeX-a, tak ¿e nie
musisz przejmowaæ siê utworzeniem go).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zak³adamy, ¿e dla ka¿dego cytowania ¼ród³o znajduje siê w pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.bib
-\family default
+\family default
, wywo³ujemy polecenie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
C
-\bar default
+\bar default
ytowanie
-\family default
+\family default
w odpowiednim miejscu w tek¶cie i wybierz z listy w³a¶ciwy klucz odno¶nika.
Nie potrzeba nic wiêcej; gdy wywo³ujemy na przyk³ad polecenie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
odgl±d\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
VI
-\family default
+\family default
, powiniene¶ zobaczyæ ¿e BibTeX i LaTeX s± wywo³ywane gdy zachodzi potrzeba,
w³±czaj±c wielokrotne wywo³anie LaTeX-a.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Tworzenie indeksu
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dobry indeks jest jedn± z najtrudniejszych rzeczy do zrobienia w d³ugim
dokumencie.
LyX pomaga wykonaæ rzeczy trochê pro¶ciej za pomoc± interfejsu do programu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
makeindex
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Dla dokumentów polskojêzycznych powinien byæ wywo³ywany program
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
plmindex
-\family default
+\family default
.
Przyp.
t³um.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\family default
+\family default
, który mo¿na znale¼æ w dystrybucjach.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wstawianie indeksu i zaznaczanie s³ów do w³±czenia do indeksu odbywa siê
tak± sam± drog± jak przygotowanie bibliografii opisanej w poprzedniej sekcji.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Najpierw przejd¼ na koniec swojego dokumentu i wybierz
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
S
-\bar default
+\bar default
pisy\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
I
-\bar default
+\bar default
ndeks
-\family default
+\family default
.
Nastêpnie, dla ka¿dego s³owa, które chcesz dodaæ do indeksu, umie¶æ kursor
na koñcu tego s³owa i wybierz
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Wstaw poprzedzaj±ce s³owo do indeksu
-\family default
+\family default
.
To spowoduje umieszczenie znacznika pokazuj±cego s³owo, które pojawi siê
w indeksie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¿eli chcesz dok³adnie podaæ co ma pojawiæ siê w indeksie -- na przyk³ad
potrzebujesz mieæ s³owo ,,kot'' w indeksie, które bêdzie odnosi³o siê do
s³ów w tek¶cie ,,kot'' i ,,koty'' to po prostu wybierz polecenie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wstaw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
S³owo do indeksu
-\family default
+\family default
i wpisz s³owo ,,kot'' w oknie dialogowym.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
I to wszystko.
LyX automatycznie wywo³a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
makeindex
-\family default
+\family default
i samodzielnie utworzy indeks.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
B±d¼ ostro¿ny i nie wstawiaj spacji pomiêdzy s³owem a znacznikiem indeksu,
poniewa¿ mo¿e siê zdarzyæ utworzenie niew³a¶ciwego numeru strony w indeksie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Powiniene¶ zdawaæ sobie sprawê, ¿e istniej± bardziej zaawansowane metody
u¿ycia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
makeindex
-\family default
+\family default
: spójrz w dokumentacjê do³±czon± do Twojej dystrybucji LaTeX-a i znajd¼
jak wykonaæ zagnie¿d¿one wpisy itp.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Dokumenty wieloczê¶ciowe
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Podstawy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przy pracy z du¿ymi plikami zawieraj±cymi wiele sekcji i rozdzia³ów, czêsto
jest wygodniej podzieliæ dokument na kilka plików lub byæ mo¿e masz ---
perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time,
niezale¿nie.
Mo¿na do³±czaæ równie¿ pliki LaTeX-a, ale pliki te nie mog± posiadaæ w³asnej
preambu³y (wszystko przed
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{document}
-\family default
+\family default
i za
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{document}
-\family default
+\family default
musi byæ usuniête) gdy¿ w przeciwnym wypadku LaTeX zg³osi b³±d podczas
przetwarzania dokumentu g³ównego.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX pozwala ³atwo w³±czaæ pliki poleceniem z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
D
-\bar under
+\bar under
o
-\bar default
+\bar default
³±cz plik
-\family default
+\family default
.
Po wybraniu polecenia otwiera siê okno wyboru dokumentu.
Po wybraniu dokumentu do wstawienia/do³±czenia, w bie¿±cej pozycji kursora
ów.
Praktycznie ró¿nica polega na tym, ¿e pliki ,,do³±czane'' zaczynaj± siê
od nowej strony, a pliki ,,wstawiane'' od miejsca wstawienia.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Generalnie, plik g³ówny jest konwertowany do formatu LaTeX przed sk³adaniem,
podczas gdy do³±czane pliki s± konwertowane do formatu LaTeX, który nie
zawiera preambu³y.
Zaznaczenie pola Nie
-\family sans
+\family sans
formatuj
-\family default
+\family default
zabezpiecza przed konwersj±.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Do³±czanie plików metod± ,,maszynopis'' pozwala na do³±czanie ,,dos³owne''
plików w ¶rodowisku verbatim z czcionk± o sta³ej szeroko¶ci.
Normalnie spacje w pliku s± niewidzialne, dwie kolejne spacje s± zachowywane,
inaczej ni¿ standardowo w LyX-ie.
Przycisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
Zachowaj spacje
-\family default
+\family default
pozwala na zachowanie spacji lub przywraca standardow± interpretacjê spacji
wielokrotnych.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Odno¶niki pomiêdzy plikami
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jest mo¿liwe ustawienie odno¶ników pomiêdzy ró¿nymi plikami.
Najpierw otwórz wszystkie pliki pomiêdzy którymi chcesz wykonaæ odno¶niki,
na przyk³ad dwa pliki A i B, gdzie plik B jest do³±czony do pliku A.
Wstawili¶my etykietê w pliku A i chcemy odno¶nik do niej w pliku B.
Bêd±c w dokumencie A z menu wybieramy
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw \SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
O
-\bar default
+\bar default
dno¶nik wewnêtrzny
-\family default
+\family default
.
Teraz prze³±czamy siê na dokument B bez zamykania okna odno¶nika.
Wstawiamy odno¶nik i ju¿!
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Gdy przegl±dasz plik A wszystko jest poprawnie do³±czone i etykietowane.
Je¶li zamkniesz okno odno¶nika i ponownie otworzysz je w dokumencie B to
zobaczysz tylko etykiety pliku B.
Ta procedura mo¿e nie jest intuicyjna (czasami zdarza siê b³±d) ale dzia³a.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Algorytmy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\emph on
+\emph on
(z konfiguracji LaTeX)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pakiet
-\family sans
+\family sans
algorithm
-\family default
+\family default
jest potrzebny do wydania ,,wstawek algorytmów''.
Jest on u¿yteczny przy umieszczaniu krótkich algorytmów w miejscu z³amania
strony i obs³uguje tak¿e spis algorytmów.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Podrysunek
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\emph on
+\emph on
(z konfiguracji LaTeX)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pakiet
-\family sans
+\family sans
subfigure
-\family default
+\family default
jest u¿ywany w LyX-ie podczas wyboru ,,Podrysunek'' w oknie Rysunek.
Kilka rysunków zaznaczonych w ten sposób mo¿e byæ upakowanych w jednej
wstawce w indywidualnymi podpisami.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Ozdobne nag³ówki i stopki
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
W³a¶ciwie powinny¶my u¿ywaæ nazw:
-\emph on
+\emph on
pagina górna
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
pagina dolna
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Przyp.
t³um.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Domy¶lny uk³ad strony jest raczej nieskomplikowany -- plain; dla klasy artyku³
numery stron s± wycentrowane u do³u strony.
Ten dokument jest klasy ksi±¿ka (book) i jest trochê bardziej ozdobny,
ale aby rzeczywi¶cie postawiæ na wygl±d potrzebujesz u¿yæ stylu ,,fancy''
co wspomniano w
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Ta sekcja opisuje polecenia LaTeX-a, które trzeba wstawiæ w preambule lub
w tek¶cie aby otrzymaæ ¿±dany efekt.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nag³ówek i stopka strony s± podzielone na trzy pola okre¶laj±ce lew±, ¶rodkow±
i praw± ich czê¶æ.
Poleceniami LaTeX-a do ustawiania tych pól w najprostszy sposób s±
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
lhead
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
chead
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
rhead
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
lfoot
-\family default
+\family default
itd.
przypu¶æmy, ¿e chcesz wstawiæ swoje nazwisko w lewym górnym naro¿niku ka¿dej
strony.
Po prostu wstaw nastêpuj±ce polecenie w preambule:
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
lhead{John Q.
DocWriter}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zobaczysz w podgl±dzie swoje nazwisko w lewym górnym naro¿niku ka¿dej strony.
Je¶li pole ma domy¶ln± warto¶æ, której chcesz siê pozbyæ (czêsto numer
strony pojawia siê w centralnej czê¶ci stopki) to po prostu wstaw polecenie
z pustym argumentem, jak w przyk³adzie:
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cfoot{}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zróbmy rzeczywi¶cie ozdobn± stronê: wstawmy w nag³ówku po lewej nazwê sekcji
wraz ze s³owem ,,Sekcja'' (np.
Sekcja 3) oraz numer strony po prawej (np.
Strona 4), natomiast w stopce po lewej swoje nazwisko i datê po prawej.
Do tego bêd± nam potrzebne nastêpuj±ce polecenia w preambule:
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
lhead{Sekcja
-\backslash
+\backslash
thesection}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
chead{}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
rhead{Strona
-\backslash
+\backslash
thepage}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
lfoot{John Q.
DocWriter}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cfoot{}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
rfoot{
-\backslash
+\backslash
today}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thesection
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thepage
-\family default
+\family default
daj± dostêp do liczników sekcji i stron LaTeX-a, i bêd± wydrukowane w bie¿±cej
sekcji i numerze strony.
Polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
today
-\family default
+\family default
wydrukuje bie¿±c± datê.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Cienk± liniê oddzielaj±c± nag³ówek i stopkê od tre¶ci strony mo¿emy tak¿e
zmodyfikowaæ.
Je¶li nie chcesz linii w nag³ówku to ustal jej grubo¶æ na 0.
Domy¶ln± grubo¶ci± linii nag³ówkowej jest 0.4pt, dla linii stopki za¶ jest
0pt.
Mo¿esz u¿yæ polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
headrulewidth}{0.4pt}
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
footrulewidth}{0.4pt}
-\family default
+\family default
do ustawiania ich grubo¶ci.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz prze³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ ustawienia nag³ówków/stopek za pomoc± poleceñ:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thispagestyle{empty}
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thispagestyle{plain}
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thispagestyle{fancy}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Po prostu wstaw je w tek¶cie na stronie, któr± chcesz zmieniæ i zaznacz
je jako kod TeX-a.
Strony tytu³owe s± oznaczone domy¶lnie jako plain, podczas gdy kolejne
strony s± w stylu fancy gdy u¿ywasz globalnego ustawienia fancy.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Istnieje wiele z³o¿onych poleceñ, które bêd± wstawia³y rzeczy w lewym górnym
naro¿niku na stronach nieparzystych itd.
ale po szczegó³y odsy³amy Ciê do dokumentacji pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
fancyhdr
-\family default
+\family default
.
Na przyk³ad je¶li masz instalacjê teTeX-a zobacz
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
/usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Koñcowym przyk³adem jest mo¿liwo¶æ wstawienia pliku Encapsulated PostScript
do nag³ówka lub stopki.
Pewnie bêdziesz chcia³ wstawiæ logo firmy do lewego dolnego naro¿nika strony.
Spróbuj wstawiæ nastêpuj±ce polecenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
lhead{
-\backslash
+\backslash
resizebox{1in}{!}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
includegraphics{logo.eps}}}
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
(bêdzie potrzebne w preambule polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{graphics}
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Ministrony
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX dostarcza mechanizmu do tworzenia strony wewn±trz strony, zwanych
ministronami (minipages).
Wewn±trz ministrony s± dostêpne wszystkie zwyk³e regu³y wcinania, ³amania
wierszy itd.
LyX tak¿e dostarcza tê mo¿liwo¶æ.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ministrony posiadaj± w³asn± wstawkê, aby wstawiæ ministronê wybierz polecenie
-\family sans
+\family sans
-\bar under
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw \SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
M
-\bar default
+\bar default
inistrony
-\family default
+\family default
.
Klikaj±c prawym klawiszem myszy na wstawkê otwiera siê okienko, w którym
mo¿na ustaliæ wyrównianie i szeroko¶æ ministrony.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Uwaga.
Je¶li ministrona jest zbyt d³uga aby zmie¶ciæ siê na stronie, to zostanie
skrócona, a nie wciêta na nastêpnej stronie (nie pojawi siê reszta na nastêpnej
stronie).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
S± dwie dalsze opcje ministron.
Je¶li umie¶cisz dwie ministrony obok siebie, to mo¿na wstawiæ
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
Z
-\bar default
+\bar default
nak specjalny\SpecialChar \menuseparator
HFill
-\family default
+\family default
do maksymalnego rozsuniêcia ich, który wymuszi pocz±tek pierwszej ministrony
od lewego marginesu a koniec nastêpnej na prawym marginesie.
Sprawd¼ t± opcjê dla drugiej ministrony, nie dla pierwszej.
-\layout Standard
-
-
-\begin_inset Minipage
-position 0
-inner_position 0
-height "0pt"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "c"
+use_parbox 0
width "1.5in"
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
To jest ministrona, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
To jest drugie zdanie ministrony, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Minipage
-position 0
-inner_position 0
-height "0pt"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "c"
+use_parbox 0
width "1.5in"
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
To jest druga ministrona, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
To jest drugie zdanie drugiej ministrony, która nie u¿ywa hfill.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
To jest zwyk³y tekst, który rozdziela dwa przyk³ady
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Minipage
-position 0
-inner_position 0
-height "0pt"
-width "1.5in"
-collapsed true
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "c"
+use_parbox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
To jest ministrona, która u¿ywa hfill.
To jest drugie zdanie ministrony, która u¿ywa hfill.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\hfill
-\begin_inset Minipage
-position 0
-inner_position 0
-height "0pt"
-width "1.5in"
-collapsed true
+\hfill
-\layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "c"
+use_parbox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
To jest druga ministrona, która u¿ywa hfill.
To jest drugie zdanie drugiej ministrony, która u¿ywa hfill.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Oblewanie rysunku tekstem
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Wrap figure
placement r
width "6cm"
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
-
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename mobius.eps
display color
width 40col%
rotateOrigin center
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Caption
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Caption
Ten rysunek jest oblany tekstem, a to jest ¶liczny podpis
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Czêsto zadawanym pytaniem jest pytanie o mo¿liwo¶æ ,,oblewania'' rysunków
tekstem w ten sposób, ¿e rysunek zajmuje czê¶æ kolumny a reszta jest wype³niona
tekstem.
Je¶li masz zainstalowany pakiet LaTeX-a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
floatflt
-\family default
+\family default
(jest czêsto w³±czany do dystrybucji lub dostêpny w archiwach CTAN), to
mo¿esz to zrobiæ.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Obok znajduje siê rysunek pêtli Moebiusa -- powiniene¶ go ju¿ zobaczyæ w
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Aby oblaæ tekstem rysunek jak ten, nalezy wybrac z menu polecenie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
stawki\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Rysunek oblany
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Uwaga: ten pakiet jest bardzo kruchy
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Kruchy w sensie LaTeX-a.
Przyp.
t³um.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Dla przyk³adu, maj±c rysunek zbyt blisko koñca strony bêdzie zamieszanie
tre¶ci powy¿ej, gdy bêdziemy mieæ dwa rysunki blisko siebie.
U¿ywaj tego pakietu oszczêdnie i czytaj dokumentacjê zawart± w pakiecie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Miejmy nadziejê, ¿e w przysz³o¶ci LyX bêdzie obs³ugiwa³ te funkcje natywnie.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Opcje tabel
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Standardowy uk³ad tabel bêdzie odpowiedni w 99% wszystkich Twoich tabel,
ale w 1% prawdopodobnie bêdziesz potrzebowa³ tabel specjalnie dostosowanych
do swoich wymagañ.
Polecenie z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
T
-\bar default
+\bar default
abela
-\family default
+\family default
otwiera okno formatowania tabeli.
W zak³adce
-\family sans
+\family sans
Kolumna
-\family default
+\family default
/
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wiersz
-\family default
+\family default
znajduje siê dostêp do kilku poleceñ wyrównywania kolumn.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Teraz krótkie wspomnienie o LaTeX-u: gdy ustawiamy tabelê w LaTeX-u to dla
ka¿dej kolumny deklarujemy typ wyrównania.
Dla przyk³adu mo¿esz podaæ ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
l
-\family default
+\family default
'',,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
c
-\family default
+\family default
'' lub ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
r
-\family default
+\family default
'' dla justowania do lewej, wy¶rodkowania i wyrównania kolumny do prawej
(co w LyX-ie objawia siê trzema przyciskami
-\family sans
+\family sans
W lewo
-\family default
+\family default
/
-\family sans
+\family sans
Center
-\family default
+\family default
/
-\family sans
+\family sans
W prawo
-\family default
+\family default
).
Czwartym typem jest ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
p
-\family default
+\family default
'', który deklaruje szeroko¶æ kolumny (w LyX-ie mamy pole
-\family sans
+\family sans
Szeroko¶æ
-\family default
+\family default
) co powoduje automatyczne ³amanie wierszy.
Pi±tym typem jest ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
|
-\family default
+\family default
'' (vertical bar), który raczej s³u¿y do tworzenia pionowych kresek ramek
(w LyX-ie mamy do tego przyciski w polu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Ramka
-\family default
+\family default
).
Koñcz±c, istnieje typ ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
@
-\family default
+\family default
'', który pozwala u¿yæ cokolwiek jako separatora kolumn co jest zamkniête
w towarzysz±cych nawiasach w³±czaj±c argument pusty.
Powody robienia tego mog± nie byæ jasne, ale cechy te mog± byæ bardzo u¿yteczne.
Najlepiej to pokazaæ na przyk³adach.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Usuwanie dodatkowej przestrzeni tabeli
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tutaj znajduje siê standardowa tabela:
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Tabular
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Type
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Example
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Rock
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Granite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Mineral
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Quartz
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Zwróæ uwagê, ¿e poziome kreski wystaj± troszkê z obu strona poza tekst.
Je¶li chcesz aby linie zaczyna³y i koñczy³y siê równo z tekstem, to mo¿na
wstawiæ pusty separator na koñcu aby zwolniæ trochê miejsca dodawanego
domy¶lnie przez LaTeX-a.
Oto przyk³ad:
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Tabular
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt" special="@{} l">
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Type
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Example
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Rock
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Granite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Mineral
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Quartz
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
W tym przypadku w polu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wyrównanie
-\family default
+\family default
w
-\family sans
+\family sans
Kolumnie specjalnej
-\family default
+\family default
dla lewej kolumny wpisano ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
@{} l
-\family default
+\family default
'', natomiast dla prawej wpisano ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
l @{}
-\family default
+\family default
'', co wstawia puste znaki na koñcach.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zmiana znaku separatora kolumn
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Teraz proponujemy zastosowanie
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
z odrobin± miejsca obok jako separatora kolumn tabeli.
Po prostu wy³±cz pionowe ramki i wpisz w polu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wyrównanie
-\family default
+\family default
w obszarze
-\family sans
+\family sans
Kolumna specjalna ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
l@{~$
-\backslash
+\backslash
sqrt{
-\backslash
+\backslash
pi}$~} l
-\family default
+\family default
''.
Oto wynik:
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
.
-\begin_inset Tabular
+\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Type
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Example
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Rock
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Granite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Mineral
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Quartz
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wyrównanie kolumny wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Proponujemy wyrównanie kolumny wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych.
Standardowym trickiem LaTeX-a jest podzielenie liczby na dwie kolumny;
w lewej -- przeznaczonej dla czê¶ci ca³kowitej -- wyrównujemy do prawej
strony, a w prawej -- przeznaczonej dla czê¶ci u³amkowej -- wyrównujemy
do lewej, natomiast separator kolumn ustawiamy jako pusty.
Oto przyk³ad:
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_inset Tabular
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Wyra¿enie
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Warto¶æ
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
3.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
1416
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
36.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
462
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
80663.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
1.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
3402
\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mimo ¿e bêdzie to wygl±da³o trochê ¶miesznie w LyX-ie, to na wydruku pojawi±
siê dwukolumnowa tabela, w której prawa kolumna jest wyrównana wed³ug cyfr
znacz±cych, a nag³ówek jest wy¶rodkowany.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
My¶lê, ¿e najlepiej bêdzie jak opiszê jak to zrobi³em: Najpierw utworzy³em
tabelê 3 x 3 i usun±³em wszystkie ramki.
Nastêpnie doda³em ramki pod nag³ówkiem i rozdzielaj±c± pierwsz± i drug±
kolumnê.
Pierwsza kolumna jest wy¶rodkowana.
W drugiej kolumnie wpisa³em
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
3.
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
36.
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
80663.
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
1.
-\family default
+\family default
, i wyrówna³em tê kolumnê do prawej.
W trzeciej kolumnie wpisa³em
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
1416
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
462
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
3402
\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family default
+\family default
oraz ustawi³em wyrównanie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
@{} l
-\family default
+\family default
.
Na koñcu wpisa³em
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Warto¶æ
-\family default
+\family default
w ¶rodkowej kolumnie, pod¶wietli³em je, wyrówna³em do prawej.
Czy¿ nie ³atwe?
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Lepsze rozwi±zanie wyrównania wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Alternatywnym rozwi±zaniem wyrównania wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych w tabelach
jest u¿ycie pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dcolumn
-\family default
+\family default
.
Dodaj nastêpuj±cy tekst do preambu³y LaTeX-a:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{dcolumn}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Aby mieæ kolumny wyrównane wed³ug cyfr znacz±cych wpisz w polu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wyrównanie
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie formatu tabeli w zak³adce
-\family sans
+\family sans
Kolumny/Wiersze
-\family default
+\family default
nastêpuj±cy tekst:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
d{liczba miejsc dziesiêtnych danych}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\family roman
-\emph on
+\family roman
+\emph on
[Przyk³adow± tabelê usuniêto.
Zobacz plik
-\family default
-\emph default
+\family default
+\emph default
decimal.lyx
-\family roman
-\emph on
+\family roman
+\emph on
w katalogu examples.]
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Do utworzenia dodatkowego miejsca zwiêksz liczbê miejsc dziesiêtnych w
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
d{}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Ustaw atrybut
-\family sans
+\family sans
multicolumn
-\family default
+\family default
dla pojedynczej komórki niewra¿liwy na wyrównanie wzglêdem cyfr znacz±cych.
Wad± tej metody jest to, ¿e tryb matematyczny nie jest dopuszczalny w kolumnie
z wyrównaniem wzglêdem cyfr znacz±cych z wyj±tkiem je¶li atrybut multicolumn
jest w³±czony.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ta metoda oferuje tak± sam± elastyczno¶æ jak pakiet
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dcolumn
-\family default
+\family default
.
Mo¿emy, na przyk³ad zmieniæ separator wyrównania i mamy ró¿ne znaki separatorów
dla ró¿nych kolumn przez definicjê typów wielokrotnych kolumn w preambule.
Sk³adnia jest nastêpuj±ca:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
D{separator_wej}{separator_wyj}{liczba_miejsc_dzie¶}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zainteresowanym czytelnikom polecamy dokumentacjê do pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dcolumn
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Wybór znaku wyliczenia
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Allan Rae
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX dostarcza 216 znaków dostêpnych wprost z menu.
U¿ycie tego menu daje Ci mo¿liwo¶æ ³atwego wyboru odpowiedniego znaku dla
ka¿dego poziomu zagnie¿d¿enia wyliczeñ.
Te ustawienia s± globalne dla ca³ego dokumentu i nie mo¿na ustawiæ ró¿nych
znaków w ró¿nych akapitach
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿na tego dokonaæ tylko rêcznie
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Jak je zobaczyæ
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Otwórz z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
okument
-\family default
+\family default
i wybierz zak³adkê
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
yró¿nienia.
-\family default
+\family default
W zak³adce wy¶wietlona jest tabela znaków wyliczenia.
Za pomoc± przycisków umieszczonych po lewej stronie okna mamy dostêp do
sze¶ciu zestawów znaków.
pakiety w preambule.
Znaki podzielone s± na sze¶æ zestawów ze wzglêdu na wymagane pakiety.
Poni¿sza tabela przedstawia przypisanie zestawów do pakietów LaTeX-a.
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_inset Tabular
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Przycisk
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Wymagany pakiet
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
+\family sans
Standard
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
base LaTeX
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
+\family sans
Maths
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
amssymb.sty
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
+\family sans
Ding1
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
pifont.sty
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
+\family sans
Ding2
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
pifont.sty
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
+\family sans
Ding3
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
pifont.sty
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
+\family sans
Ding4
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
pifont.sty
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX nie zatrzyma Ciê przed u¿yciem znaku z pakietu którego nie masz.
Je¶li otrzymasz komunikat b³êdu LaTeX-a podczas próby podgl±du lub wydruku
bêdzie on oznacza³ brak wymaganego pakietu.
LyX nie bêdzie ogranicza³ u¿ycia przy lokalnej edycji i eksporcie gdziekolwiek.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Jak u¿yæ
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wybierz przycisk g³êboko¶ci wyliczenia i nastêpnie wybierz znak i wielko¶æ.
Zmiana nie bêdzie widoczna w LyX-ie, ale bêdzie widoczna w podgl±dzie dokumentu
przy u¿yciu xdvi lub ghostview.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz przywróciæ domy¶lny znak wyliczenia przez klikniêcie prawym klawiszem
myszy na przycisku poziomu wyliczenia.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li rzeczywi¶cie chcesz mieæ wiele uk³adów akapitów z ró¿nymi zestawami
znaków wyliczenia w ka¿dym musisz wykonaæ trochê brudnej roboty.
Okno wyboru znaku wyliczenia mo¿e pomóc w znalezieniu nazwy LaTeX-owej
znaku.
Aby zrobiæ w³asne akapity musisz mie¶ nastêpuj±c± opcjê:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
let
-\backslash
+\backslash
savelabelitemi=
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelitemi
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
small
-\backslash
+\backslash
(
-\backslash
+\backslash
sharp
-\backslash
+\backslash
)}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
U¿yj polecenia LaTeX-a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{}{}
-\family default
+\family default
do specyfikacji nowego znaku wyliczenia dla zadanej g³êboko¶ci zagnie¿d¿enia.
To bêdzie tak¿e potrzebne do zapisu bie¿±cego znaku i jego pó¼niejszego
ponownego przywo³ania.
W tym wyliczeniu zosta³y u¿yte nastêpuj±ce kody LaTeX-a do zmiany znaku
wyliczenia w pierwszym poziomie.
-\newline
+\newline
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
let
-\backslash
+\backslash
savelabelitemi=
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelitemi
-\newline
+\newline
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
small
-\backslash
+\backslash
(
-\backslash
+\backslash
sharp
-\backslash
+\backslash
)}
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Uwaga g³êboko¶æ zagnie¿d¿enia w poleceniu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelitem
-\family default
+\family default
jest podawana cyframi rzymskimi (podobnie jak numeracja czê¶ci).
-\layout Itemize
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
[
-\backslash
+\backslash
(
-\backslash
+\backslash
star
-\backslash
+\backslash
)]
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Podaj dla ka¿dego indywidualnego wiersza wyliczenia kod znaku zamkniêty
w nawiasy prostok±tne i wpisane w trybie TeX.
Na przyk³ad ten wiersz zaczyna siê znakiem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
[
-\backslash
+\backslash
(
-\backslash
+\backslash
star
-\backslash
+\backslash
)]
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Poczekaj na LyX 1.2.
Nastêpne stabilne wydanie LyX-a powinna mieæ wbudowan± obs³ugê definiowania
dla ka¿dego wyliczenia oddzielnego zestawu znaków.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
savelabelitemi}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li bêdziesz potrzebowa³ przywróciæ z powrotem poprzednie globalne ustawienia
znaków to nale¿y wpisaæ:
-\newline
+\newline
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelitemi[0]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
savelabelitemi}
-\layout Chapter
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
Specjalne klasy dokumentu
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
AMS Math
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by David
-\noun on
+\noun on
Johnson
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top bigskip \noindent
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
Uk³ad AMS-Math jest zestawem styli zalecanymi dla sk³adu pism matematycznych
przesy³anych do wydawnictwa American Mathematical Society.
Uk³ad nie jest przyciêty do specyfiki pisma, ale mo¿na to ³atwo zrobiæ.
Dokumentacja AMS jest dostêpna w internecie na stronie
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
lub przez ftp
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
Te uk³ady s± odpowiednie i u¿yteczne dla zapisu matematyki.
S± aktualnie dostêpne ró¿ne uk³ady AMS-math:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
amsart -- standardowy format artyku³u -- AMS article.
Wszystkie równania i wyra¿enia s± numerowane jako
\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, gdzie pierwsza liczba oznacza sekcjê, a druga odpowiada kolejnemu numerowi
¶rodowiska (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions, Remarks,
Istnieje tak¿e kilka (ale nie wszystkie) ¶rodowisk nienumerowanych, które
s± u¿ywane okazjonalnie.
Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
amsart-seq -- tutaj, twierdzenia, definicje itd.
s± numerowane kolejno, bez odniesienia do numeru sekcji.
Dostêpne s± równie¿ nienumerowane ¶rodowiska (ale nie wszystkie), do okazjonaln
ego u¿ycia.
Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
amsbook - standardowy format ksi±¿ki -- AMS book (prawdziwe monografie).
Numeracja jest podobna jak w uk³adzie amsart, z wyj±tkiem numeracji wszystkiego
jako
\begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, gdzie pierwszy numer odnosi siê do numeru rozdzia³u, drugi do sekcji,
a trzeci jest numerem kolejnym wyra¿enia (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions,
Istnieje tak¿e kilka (ale nie wszystkie) ¶rodowisk nienumerowanych, które
s± u¿ywane okazjonalnie.
Nazwy nienumerowanych ¶rodowisk koñcz± siê znakiem gwiazdki (*).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dowolne pliki LyX-a ams-* mog± byæ konwertowane do schematu przez prost±
zmianê klasy dokumentu w menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
okument
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Co daje ten szablon?
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Te uk³ady dostarczaj± d³ug± listê ¶rodowisk.
Najbardziej matematyczne pisma i ksi±¿ki bêd± korzystaæ w wiêkszo¶ci z
tych ¶rodowisk, AMS-LaTeX-u sprzyja definiowaniu nieograniczonej liczby
rozmaitych takich deklaracji.
Jednak zalecane przez AMS ¶rodowiska s± dostêpne w LyX-ie.
Oto lista nowych ¶rodowisk (nie wyliczamy typowych takich jak
-\family sans
+\family sans
sections, bibliography, title, author, date
-\family default
+\family default
):
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results.
S³owo
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,Theorem
-\family default
+\family default
'' wy¶wietlane jest czcionk± pó³grub±, along with an automatically-determined
number (an unnumbered version,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Theorem*
-\family default
+\family default
, is also available).
Tekst jest pochylony.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from
previous statements.
Again, these can be major results.
Unnumbered version
-\family sans
+\family sans
Corollary*
-\family default
+\family default
is available.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general
theory being discussed.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the
author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author,
at least).
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Criterion A required condition.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Algorithm A general procedure to be used.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being
discussed.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Definition Guess what this is for.
The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment
than for the previous ones.
The heading (,,definition'') is still set in boldface, along with the number,
if any, but the rest is set upright.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Example Sk³ad jest podobny do Definition.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Condition
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Problem
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Exercise
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem.
This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Note Set similarly to the Remark environment.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Notation
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Claim
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Summary
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Acknowledgement
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific
instances of some condition.
The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered
statements.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Conclusion
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Fact
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Proof S³owo ,,
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
Proof
-\shape default
+\shape default
'' jest pisane kursyw±, but the rest is set upright.
At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within
this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with
different styles) is placed.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Address Tu powinien byæ podany sta³y adres autora.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Current\SpecialChar ~
+\begin_layout Description
+Current\InsetSpace ~
Address Tu powinien byæ podany czasowy adres autora, gdy wysy³a³
dokument, o ile jest ró¿ny od podanego powy¿ej w Address.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Email Adres e-mail autora
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
URL Adres strony internetowej autora.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Keywords S³owa kluczowe i frazy u¿ywane do identyfikacji specyficznych dyskutowa
nych tematów w prasie.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and
described in
-\emph on
+\emph on
Mathematical Reviews
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Thanks
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Dedicatory
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Translator
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ponadto, ¶rodowiska automatycznie w³±czaj± pakiety AMS-LaTeX i czcionki
AMS, które musz± byæ dostêpne w Twoim systemie, aby mo¿na by³o u¿ywaæ tych
uk³adów.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Dinbrief
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasa dokumentu
-\family sans
+\family sans
dinbrief
-\family default
+\family default
mo¿e byæ u¿yta do pisania listów zgodnie z niemieck± konwencj±.
Dla Ciebie w folderze
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.../lyx/share/templates
-\family default
+\family default
znajduje siê plik przyk³adowy, aby by³o ³atwiej zacz±æ.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Paper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasa dokumentu
-\family sans
+\family sans
paper
-\family default
+\family default
jest alternatyw± dla standardowej klasy
-\family sans
+\family sans
article
-\family default
+\family default
.
Daje ona podobn± funkcjonalno¶æ, ale mo¿na preferowaæ w tym uk³adzie bezszeryfo
we tytularia i jeszcze wiêcej.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
A&A Paper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Peter
-\noun default
+\noun default
-\noun on
+\noun on
Sütterlin
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W tej sekcji opisano jak mo¿na u¿yæ LyX-a do pisania artyku³ów do pism naukowych
-\emph on
+\emph on
Astronomy and Astrophysics
-\emph default
+\emph default
oraz
-\emph on
+\emph on
Supplement Series
-\emph default
+\emph default
przy u¿yciu klasy dokumentu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
aa.cls
-\family default
+\family default
z pakietu makr wydawnictwa Springer.
Ten pakiet mo¿e byæ ¶ci±gniêty z serwera ftp Springera
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.springer.de/pub/tex/latex/aa}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Instrukcja do A&A Paper jest dostarczana razem z pakietem.
Ten tekst nie ma na celu zast±pienia oryginalnej instrukcji ale jest krótkim
przewodnikiem jak wykorzystaæ ten format.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zaczynamy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Aby zacz±æ nowy dokument wybieramy z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
N
-\bar default
+\bar default
owy
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
- Nowy z\SpecialChar ~
+ Nowy z\InsetSpace ~
-\bar under
+\bar under
s
-\bar default
+\bar default
zablonu
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Zalecamy korzystanie z szablonu.
Either create one yourself, or ask the local system administrator to suply
a site-wide version.
Przyk³adowy szablon jest czê¶ci± standardowej dystrybucji LyX-a.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\family default
+
+\family default
.
Je¶li nie u¿y³e¶ szablonu to zwróæ uwagê na nastêpuj±ce ustawienia:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Wybierz klasê dokumentu
-\family sans
+\family sans
paper (A&A)
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
S
-\bar default
+\bar default
tyl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
w zak³adce
-\family sans
+\family sans
Dokument
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Nie zmieniaj opcji
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
S
-\bar default
+\bar default
tyl strony
-\family default
+\family default
: pozostaw
-\family sans
+\family sans
domy¶lny
-\family default
+\family default
.
Uk³ad jest zrobiony za pomoc± makr i nie powiniene¶ niczego zmieniaæ.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Mo¿esz chcieæ u¿yæ czcionki
-\family sans
+\family sans
Times
-\family default
+\family default
wybieraj±c z listy
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
C
-\bar default
+\bar default
zcionka
-\family default
+\family default
, jako sugerowanej przez wydawnictwo Springer dla jednolitego wygl±du tekstu
wydruków.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Nag³ówek
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pierwsz± rzecz± do wprowadzenia jest dane nag³ówkowe.
Które zawieraj± osiem wpisów, z których kilka jest opcjonalnych.
Oto one:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Thesaurus
-\family default
+\family default
: [wymagane] Zobacz podrêcznik Springera.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
: [wymagane]
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subtitle
-\family default
+\family default
: [wymagane]
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
: [wymagane]
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\family default
+\family default
: [wymagane]
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Offprints
-\family default
+\family default
: [opcjonalne] je¶li jest wiêcej ni¿ jeden autor, to komu wys³aæ odbitki.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Email
-\family default
+\family default
: [opcjonalne] adres e-mail dla kontaktu z autorem.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
: [wymagane].
Suggested format is
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Received: <date> / Accepted <date>
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nie potrzeba wydawaæ polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
maketitle
-\family default
+\family default
, jest to robione automatycznie przez LyX gdy nag³ówek jest zakoñczony.
Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised
to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout
of the real document.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li chcesz umie¶ciæ przypis w nag³ówku, np.
dla wskazania twojego aktualnego adresu, mo¿esz u¿yæ standardowego przypisu
za pomoc±
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
rzypis.
-\family default
+\family default
LyX w takim przypadku u¿yje automatycznie okre¶lenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thanks{}
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
In addition to these topics, Springer uses two additional LaTeX commands
that have no counterpart in LyX:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
and
-\family default
+\family default
do oddzielenia ró¿nych nazw takich jak autorzy, instytucje.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
inst{<nr>}
-\family default
+\family default
to mark corresponding author/institute pairs.
The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\family default
+\family default
field, so you have to put a marker to each author.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
In both cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked
as LaTeX code.
See the examples.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Streszczenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Streszczenie powinno siê znajdowaæ bezpo¶rednio za nag³ówkiem.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The only special thing about the abstract environment is that it should
contain an entry with the keywords.
This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX
command
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
keywords{}
-\family default
+\family default
by hand and mark it as LaTeX code.
Zobacz przyk³adowy artyku³.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Uk³ad A&A paper obs³uguje nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska dla strukturyzacji tekstu:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Standard
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Section
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subsection
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subsubsection
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Itemize
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Enumerate
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Description
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Caption
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Abstract
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Acknowledgment
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Bibliography
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
LaTeX
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Polecenia nie obs³ugiwane przez LyX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Kilka poleceñ uk³adu
-\family sans
+\family sans
paper (A&A)
-\family default
+\family default
nie jest jeszcze obs³ugiwane w LyX-ie.
Kilka zosta³o ju¿ omówionych.
Dla kompletno¶ci poni¿ej s± one wszystkie wypisane:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
and
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
appendix
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
authorrunning
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
inst{}
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
keywords{}
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
object{}
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
titlerunning{}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li chcesz u¿yæ którego¶ z tych poleceñ, to musisz wpisaæ je sam.
I nie zapomnij wpisywaæ je w trybie LaTeX-a!
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wstawki -- rysunki i tabele
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX obs³uguje niezbêdne ¶rodowiska wstawek
-\family sans
+\family sans
figure, figure*, table
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
table*
-\family default
+\family default
, dlatego nie wspominamy o nich tutaj wiêcej.
Zajrzyj do
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Pamiêtaj, ¿e tabele powinny byæ wyrównane lewostronnie.
Do tego celu wybierz tabelê i zmieñ wyrównanie w
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
A
-\bar default
+\bar default
kapit.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jest tylko jedna specjalna rzecz: rysunki z podpisami.
Aby utworzyæ takie rysunki musisz wykonaæ poni¿sze kroki:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Utwórz szerok± wstawkê:
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
stawki\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
R
-\bar default
+\bar default
ysunek(wide)
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Wpisz tre¶æ podpisu rysunku.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Naci¶nij
-\family sans
+\family sans
Enter
-\family default
+\family default
aby przesun±æ kursor powy¿ej podpisu,
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Wstaw swój rysunek (eps),
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Ustaw kursor za rysunkiem i wstaw odstêp poziomy:
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
staw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
Z
-\bar default
+\bar default
nak specjalny
-\bar under
+\bar under
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
H
-\bar default
+\bar default
Fill
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Prze³±cz siê do trybu LaTeX:
-\family sans
- M-c\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+ M-c\InsetSpace ~
t
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Wpisz:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
parbox[b]{55mm}{
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\series bold
+\series bold
Nie zamykaj nawiasu!
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Ustaw kursor za podpisem, prze³±cz siê do trybu LaTeX-a i wstaw brakuj±cy
nawias
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
,,}
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zobacz tak¿e rysunek w przyk³adowym artykule.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Szablon referatu
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing
layout.
For this purpose, you have to give the option
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
referee
-\family default
+\family default
to the documentclass.
This must be done using the
-\family sans
+\family sans
E
-\bar under
+\bar under
x
-\bar default
-tra\SpecialChar ~
+\bar default
+tra\InsetSpace ~
Options
-\family default
+\family default
field in the
-\family sans
- Document\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+ Document\InsetSpace ~
Layout
-\family default
+\family default
popup.
Just enter the string
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
referee
-\family default
+\family default
there.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przyk³ad
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W folderze
-\family sans
+\family sans
Examples
-\family default
+\family default
znajduje siê plik przyk³adowy artyku³ napisany w LyX-ie.
To jest przyk³ad z oryginalnago pakietu makr Springera przet³umaczonego
do LyX-a.
U¿yj go jako inspiracjê i porównanie oryginalnego kodu LaTeX-a z LyX-owym
sposobem pisania.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
AASTeX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Mike Ressler
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
AASTeX jest zestawem makr wydanych przez American Astronomical Society dla
u³atwienia wysy³ania elektronicznych manuskryptów do trzech pism wydawanych
przez Towarzystwo:
-\emph on
+\emph on
Astrophysical Journal
-\emph default
+\emph default
(w³±czaj±c Listy i Suplement),
-\emph on
+\emph on
Astronomical Journal
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
LyX wymaga co najmniej wersji 5.0 tych makr.
Wersje starsze od 5.0 s± przeznaczone dla LaTeX2.09 i s± niekompatybilne
z LyX-em.
Pakiet AASTeX mo¿na pobraæ z serwera ftp AAS
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize
yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX.
LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it
It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document
conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are
submitting your paper.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Starting a New Paper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file.
Click on
-\family sans
+\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New from template
-\family default
+\family default
, enter the new file name, then choose the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
aastex.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
template.
This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript.
Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
<>
-\family default
+\family default
) with the correct information.
Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly
in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
altaffilmark
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
altaffiltext
-\family default
+\family default
, which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the
template file.
For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and
Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text.
I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but
there is still more required than any of us would like.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Finishing Your Paper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly,
there are a few
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
postprocessing
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Export your paper as a LaTeX file (
-\family sans
+\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
as LateX
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Edit the resulting
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
file with your favorite text editor
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
remove the comment lines before the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
command
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
remove the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage...{fontenc}
-\family default
+\family default
line if it appears (usually just after
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
}; also remove the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
secnumdepth
-\family default
+\family default
line if it appears.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
remove everything between (and including) the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
makeatletter
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
makeatother
-\family default
+\family default
commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble
(which should appear immediately after the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
User specified LaTeX commands
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
comment in the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
file).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
search for any
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
figcaption
-\family default
+\family default
commands and replace
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
FileName
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
with the correct, real file name.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
alter any
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cite
-\family default
+\family default
commands, if necessary (see section
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cite}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
below).
-\end_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats
are correct.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Submit it.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Comments On Specific Commands
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands:
the AASTeX User Guide (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
aasguide.tex
-\family default
+\family default
) gives a good description of each.
Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide
and offer comments where necessary.
So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things that work as expected
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section
they are found in:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
(2.1.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{document}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.2),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
title
-\family default
+\family default
(2.3),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
author
-\family default
+\family default
(2.3),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
affil
-\family default
+\family default
(2.3),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
abstract
-\family default
+\family default
(2.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
keywords
-\family default
+\family default
(2.5),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
section
-\family default
+\family default
(2.7),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
subsection
-\family default
+\family default
(2.7),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
subsubsection
-\family default
+\family default
(2.7),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
paragraph
-\family default
+\family default
(2.7),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{displaymath}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.11),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{equation}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.11),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{eqnarray}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.11),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{mathletters}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.11),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{thebibliography}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.12.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bibitem
-\family default
+\family default
(2.12.2),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{table}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{tabular}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
caption
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
label
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.4, amongst other places),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
tablerefs
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.5),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
tablecomments
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.5),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
url
-\family default
+\family default
(2.15.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{document}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.16).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The following style options also work correctly:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
preprint
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
preprint2
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
eqsecnum
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
flushrt
-\family default
+\family default
(3, 3.1, 3.2).
Simply put them in
-\family sans
+\family sans
Extra Options
-\family default
+\family default
box in
-\family sans
+\family sans
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{sloppypar}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things that work, but require more comment
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The following items work, but require a little more discussion:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put
them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
received
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
revised
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
accepted
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
ccc
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cpright
-\family default
+\family default
(all from 2.1.3)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks
in the template file:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
slugcomment
-\family default
+\family default
(2.1.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
shorttitle
-\family default
+\family default
(2.1.5),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
shortauthors
-\family default
+\family default
(2.1.5)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
email
-\family default
+\family default
(2.3) -- can only be used
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
standalone
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, not in the middle of a paragraph.
Use ERT if you need to embed it.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
and
-\family default
+\family default
(2.3) -- will have extra {} after it.
This should not cause an error.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
notetoeditor
-\family default
+\family default
(2.6) -- can only be used
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
standalone
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, not in the middle of a paragraph.
Use ERT if you need to embed it.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
placetable
-\family default
+\family default
(2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name
by hand
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
placefigure
-\family default
+\family default
(2.8) -- same as for
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
placetable
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
acknowledgements
-\family default
+\family default
(2.9) -- will have extra {} after it.
This should not cause an error.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
appendix
-\family default
+\family default
(2.10) -- will have extra {} after it.
This should not cause an error.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
figcaption
-\family default
+\family default
(2.13.2) -- you will have to edit the optional argument by hand in the final
LaTeX file.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things not implemented, use ERT
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
altaffilmark
-\family default
+\family default
(2.3),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
altaffiltext
-\family default
+\family default
(2.3),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
eqnum
-\family default
+\family default
(2.11),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
setcounter{equation}
-\family default
+\family default
(2.11),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
citet
-\family default
+\family default
(2.12),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
citep
-\family default
+\family default
(2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.12.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
figurenum
-\family default
+\family default
(2.13.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
epsscale
-\family default
+\family default
(2.13.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
plotone
-\family default
+\family default
(2.13.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
plottwo
-\family default
+\family default
(2.13.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
tablenum
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.4),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
tableline
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where
you want it.
Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
tablenotemark
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.5),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
tablenotetext
-\family default
+\family default
(2.14.5), most everything in Misc (2.15, except
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
url
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
email
-\family default
+\family default
; see above),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
singlespace
-\family default
+\family default
(3.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
doublespace
-\family default
+\family default
(3.1),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
onecolumn
-\family default
+\family default
(3.2),
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
twocolumn
-\family default
+\family default
(3.2)
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{sloppypar}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things that cannot be implemented
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them.
They are the references environment (2.12.3), and the deluxetable environment
(2.14).
If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in
a separate file with a text editor, then using
-\family sans
+\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Include File
-\family default
+\family default
to include it in your LyX document.
See the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
aas_sample.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
file to see an example of this.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document
class.
When all else fails, do this:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX.
Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into
a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
sample.tex
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Make certain that
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
aastex.layout
-\family default
+\family default
appears in
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
/usr/.../share/lyx/layouts
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
~/.lyx/layouts
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Rerun
-\family sans
+\family sans
Options\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
-\family default
+\family default
in LyX, then restart LyX.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Open a regular new file, not from a template.
Does AASTeX appear in
-\family sans
+\family sans
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Class
-\family default
+\family default
?
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able
to find the AASTeX layout or a message about
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
You should not mix title layouts with normal ones
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, things haven't been installed correctly.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
LaTeX error processing a table
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title.
This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere
in the caption/title, then select
-\family sans
+\family sans
Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph
-\family default
+\family default
, then set the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Alignment
-\family default
+\family default
to
-\family sans
+\family sans
Block
-\family default
+\family default
.
This took care of it for me.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
References
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
A few things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries
in the text.
When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is
-\emph on
+\emph on
no
-\emph default
+\emph default
space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year;
-\emph on
+\emph on
e.g.
-\emph default
+\emph default
type
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Ressler(1992)
-\family default
+\family default
, not
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Ressler (1992)
-\family default
+\family default
.
2) I am really unhappy that I can't make
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
citet
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
citep
-\family default
+\family default
more automatic, but that would require changes to the LyX source code.
For now you can do one of two things: a) enter all your citations using
the built-in
-\family sans
+\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Citation Reference
-\family default
+\family default
mechanism; at least you can take advantage of the automatic insertions.
Then edit the exported LaTeX file by hand changing the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cite
-\family default
+\family default
entries to the appropriate
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
citet
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
citep
-\family default
+\family default
commands before you submit it (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cite
-\family default
+\family default
is currently equivalent to
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
citet
-\family default
+\family default
, so you wouldn't necessarily have to change those).
Or b) you can simply enter all your citations as ERT using the same key
for the argument that you used in the bibliography popup,
-\emph on
+\emph on
e.g.
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
-\backslash
+\backslash
citet{key}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Neither choice is pleasant, but until LyX's citation mechanism understands
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
natbib
-\family default
+\family default
, we'll have to put up with it.
3) Entering the references at all is not obvious.
The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of
the document, then mark it as type
-\family sans
+\family sans
References
-\family default
+\family default
.
That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed.
Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information.
For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return.
That will create a new line with its own box, etc.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
W³±czanie plików EPS
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
With all due respect to Chris Biemesderfer and the others who have helped
to write the AASTeX package, the figure handling mechanism smells really
foul.
You can insert the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
plotone
-\family default
+\family default
, etc.
commands as ERT into a Figure Float box, but I never have much luck getting
the layout right.
to the journal, but then use the standard LyX EPS file inclusion mechanism
when you want to make your nicer looking preprints.
LyX will insert a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{graphics}
-\family default
+\family default
command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard
LaTeX2e way.
Anyone who attempts to print your AASTeX 5.0 manuscript must have a LaTeX2e
graphics handling mechanism? If they complain about LaTeX2e or the graphics
package, point out that it appears in the second edition of Lamport (1994),
so it was time to upgrade six years ago.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Things I could have done, but didn't
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There are a few ,,pretty'' things I could have implemented, but chose not
to.
For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window,
If you feel strongly that I should make such layouts, I will adhere to
the spirit of the rules laid out by the Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and
Boomerang-Throwing Association:
-\layout Quotation
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quotation
,,Decisions of the judges will be final unless shouted down by a really
overwhelming majority of the crowd present.
Abusive and obscene language may not be used by contestants when addressing
members of the judging panel, or, conversely, by members of the judging
panel when addressing contestants (unless struck by a boomerang)''.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Final Caveat
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
To mangle the infamous quote by Donald Knuth about a computer algorithm,
,,I have only proved this to be correct, I have not actually tried it''.
I believe following the above procedures will produce an acceptable AASTeX
a paper using it.
Hopefully in the next few months \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
ijmpd
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Panayotis Papasotiriou
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Overview
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The ijmpd package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript
submission to the
-\emph on
+\emph on
International Journal of Modern Physics D
-\emph default
+\emph default
published by World Scientific.
The name of the document class is
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ws-ijmpd.cls
-\family default
+\family default
.
This file, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded
from the site
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
The ijmpd package is a modified version of the standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
article
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
package.
Most of its features are supported by LyX.
I have recently used LyX successfully to write an article submitted to
the
-\emph on
+\emph on
International Journal of Modern Physics D
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Writing a paper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template.
Click on
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
F
-\bar default
+\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New from
-\bar under
+\bar under
T
-\bar default
+\bar default
emplate
-\family default
+\family default
, then choose the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ijmpd.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
template.
This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common
fields found in a manuscript.
Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
<>
-\family default
+\family default
) with the correct information.
You should keep in mind the following remarks.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document,
because the ijmpd package does not allow such modifications.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
The ijmpd package requires that the language of the document should not
be changed.
Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used.
To do this, click on
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
references
-\family default
+\family default
, select the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Language
-\family default
+\family default
tab (under the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Lang Opts
-\family default
+\family default
tab), then deselect the
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
se babel
-\family default
+\family default
option and click on
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
A
-\bar default
+\bar default
pply
-\family default
+\family default
(or
-\family sans
+\family sans
Save
-\family default
+\family default
, if you wish to make this change permanent).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Two new environments, named
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Theorem
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Proof
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
are available (their use is obvious).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Appendices may be added to the paper.
LyX offers a special environment, called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Appendix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
which marks the beginning of the appendix.
An appendix can contain normal sections, subsections, or subsubsections.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
The ijmpd package implements table captions quite differently than LyX does.
As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption
is ignored.
If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float
in a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
file, then include this file to the LyX document (
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
I
-\bar default
+\bar default
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Inclu
-\bar under
+\bar under
d
-\bar default
+\bar default
e file
-\family default
+\family default
).
Details on how to create an ijmpd table float can be found in the file
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ws-ijmpd.tex
-\family default
+\family default
, which is included in the ijmpd package.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Preparing a paper for submission
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX
file (
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
F
-\bar default
+\bar default
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
L
-\bar default
+\bar default
ateX
-\family default
+\family default
), then make the following changes to the resulting
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
file.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Remove the comment lines before the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
command.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Remove everything between (and including) the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
makeatletter
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
makeatother
-\family default
+\family default
commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The modified
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary.
You may also want to check the resulting
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.dvi
-\family default
+\family default
document.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Use of ERT
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
U¿ycie wstawek ERT jest opcjonalne i jest zredukowane do trzech poleceñ,
which affect the look of the page.
If you started writing your paper by using the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ijmpd.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need
to delete it.
You may only change the first ERT to specify the information printed to
the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title,
respectively).
This ERT must have the form
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title}
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Kluwer
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Panayotis Papasotiriou
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przegl±d
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pakiet Kluwer jest zestawem makr wydanych przez Kluwer Academic Publishers
aby u³atwiæ elektroniczn± wysy³kê manuskryptów do pism wydawanych przez
wydawnictwo.
Najbardziej znane z nich (at least in my domain of interest), to
-\emph on
+\emph on
Astrophysics and Space Science
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
Solar Physics
-\emph default
+\emph default
, ale istnieje wiele innych (zobacz kompletn± listê pod adresem
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
).
Pakiet Kluwer mo¿na pobraæ z serwisu
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
Kompletna dokumentacja jest zawarta w pakiecie (ale mo¿na pobraæ j± oddzielnie).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX obs³uguje wiele cech pakietu ale nie wszystkie.
Mimo to wstawki ERT s± potrzebne do redukcji ,,osobliwych'' poleceñ pakietu
(zobacz
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
).
Ja ostatnio napisa³em bez ¿adnych problemów artyku³ wys³any do pisma
-\emph on
+\emph on
Astrophysics and Space Science
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Pisanie artyku³ów
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Naj³atwiejsz± drog± do napisania nowego artyku³u jest skorzystanie z szablonu.
Wybierz polecenie z menu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Nowy z szablonu
-\family default
+\family default
, a nastêpnie wybierz plik szablonu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
kluwer.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
.
Otrzymasz wówczas (prawie) pusty dokument, który zawiera wiêkszo¶æ pól
z manuskryptu z krótkim opisem ich u¿ycia.
I jak w wiêkszo¶ci szablonów zast±p istniej±ce teksty (w³±czaj±c nawiasy
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
<>
-\family default
+\family default
) poprawnymi informacjami.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przygotowanie artyku³u do wys³ania
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Podobnie jak przy pakiecie AASTeX przed wysy³k± artyku³u do wydawnictwa,
artyku³ nale¿y przetworzyæ, co opisano dalej w kolejnych krokach:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Wyeksportuj artyku³ do pliku LaTeX.
Zrób to przez wybór polecenia z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
L
-\bar default
+\bar default
aTeX
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Wyedytuj uzyskany plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
w edytorze tekstowym dokonuj±c nastêpuj±cych zmian:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
usuñ wiersze komentarza przed poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
usuñ wszystko pomiêdzy dyrektywami
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
makeatletter
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
makeatother
-\family default
+\family default
w³±cznie, z wyj±tkiem Twoich specyficznych poleceñ wstawionych do preambu³y.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zapisz uzyskany plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Przetwórz plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
przez LaTeX tyle razy ile potrzeba (zwykle do trzech razy).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Zobacz utworzony plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.dvi
-\family default
+\family default
korzystaj±c z przegl±darki np.
-\family sans
+\family sans
xdvi
-\family default
+\family default
i sprawd¼ czy wszystko jest ok (tak powinno byæ je¶li nie pope³ni³e¶ b³êdów).
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
,,Osobliwo¶ci'' pakietu Kluwer
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pakiet Kluwer posiada nastêpuj±ce ,,osobliwo¶ci'':
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Jest mo¿liwe pisanie wielu artyku³ów w tym samym pliku LaTeX-a
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Nie mogê wyobraziæ sobie innego dobrego powodu aby to zrobiæ
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Ka¿dy artyku³ musi byæ zawarty w ¶rodowisku ,,article''.
Niestety, tego ¶rodowiska nie mo¿na pomin±æ, nawet je¶li piszemy tylko
jeden artyku³.
Dlatego ka¿dy artyku³ zaczyna siê poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{article}
-\family default
+\family default
i koñczy oczywi¶cie poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{article}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Mimo to mo¿na to zaimplementowaæ w LyX-ie, ale ja nie do³±czam tego, od
czasu jak to wygl±da brzydko i mo¿e peszyæ nowych u¿ytkowników.
Dlatego Ty potrzebujesz wpisaæ te polecenia wprost jako kod LaTeX (jako
wstawki ERT).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Informacje podane na pocz±tku artyku³u (np.: title, subtitle, author, institution
, running title, running author, abstract i keywords) musz± znajdowaæ siê
- w\SpecialChar ~
+ w\InsetSpace ~
¶rodowisku ,,opening''.
Tego nie zaimplementowano w LyX-ie, tak ¿e Ty musisz umie¶ciæ title, subtitle
itd.
pomiêdzy dwoma wstawkami ERT (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{opening}
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{opening}
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Wed³ug podrêcznika u¿ytkownika etykieta ka¿dej pozycji bibliografii musi
byæ zapisana jako
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
protect
-\backslash
+\backslash
citeauthoryear{
-\family default
-\emph on
+\family default
+\emph on
author(s)
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
}{
-\family default
-\emph on
+\family default
+\emph on
year
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
}
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Szablon
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
kluwer.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
zajmuje siê tymi wszystkimi ,,osobliwo¶ciami'' Je¶li zaczynasz z nowym
artyku³em korzystaj±c z tego szablonu, to nie potrzebujesz robiæ nic specjalneg
o.
Tylko:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
nie usuwaj wstawek ERT do³±czonych do szablonu i
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
skopiuj przyk³adow± bibliografiê do³±czona do szablonu i dostosuj j± przez
dopisanie nowych pozycji.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Koma-Script
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Bernd Rellermeyer
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przegl±d
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX-owe klasy dokumentu
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\emph on
+\emph on
book(koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
, i
-\emph on
+\emph on
letter(koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
odpowiadaj± LaTeX-owym klasom odpowiednio
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrartcl.cls
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrreprt.cls
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrbook.cls
-\family default
+\family default
, i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrlettr.cls
-\family default
+\family default
, z rodziny Koma-Script.
Zastêpuj± one standardowe klasy dokumentu odpowiednio
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
article.cls
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
report.cls
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
book.cls
-\family default
+\family default
, i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
letter.cls
-\family default
+\family default
, i s± bli¿sze europejskim konwencjom typograficznym
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Standardow± wielko¶ci± czcionki jest 11pt w
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
, oraz 12pt w
-\emph on
+\emph on
letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Tytularia, etykiety opisu ¶rodowisk i kilka elementów klasy
-\emph on
+\emph on
letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
s± sk³adane czcionk± pó³grub± bezszeryfow±
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Istnieje du¿a ró¿nica pomiêdzy starymi pó³grubymi czcionkami bezszeryfowymi
rodziny cm, a nowymi rodziny ec, szczególnie w wygl±dzie tytulariów.
Dla porównania pó³gruba czcionka bezszeryfowa rodziny ec wygl±da na troszkê
cieñsz±.
Pakiet LaTeX-a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
cmsd.sty
-\family default
+\family default
autorstwa
-\shape smallcaps
+\shape smallcaps
Walter Schmidta
-\shape default
+\shape default
pomaga tworzyæ ,,zwyk³y'' wygl±d przy u¿yciu czcionek ec.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Numeracja tytu³ów rozdzia³ów jest zrobiona tak samo jak numeracja sekcji,
''.
Ponadto wygl±d tytulariów mo¿e byæ zmieniony za pomoc± kilku opcji (w LyX-ie
wprowadza siê je w polach
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opcje Dodatkowe
-\family default
+\family default
wywo³anym z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
okument
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
G³ównym zamierzeniem projektowania obszaru pisania klas dokumentu Koma-Script
s± opcje
-\family sans
+\family sans
BCOR
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
DIV
-\family default
+\family default
(w LyX-ie wprowadza siê je w polach
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opcje Dodatkowe
-\family default
+\family default
wywo³anym z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
okument
-\family default
+\family default
).
Dziêki nim mamy klarown± mo¿liwo¶æ zmiany szeroko¶ci marginesów jako opcje
w menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
okument
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Klasy LaTeX-owe rodziny Koma-Script definiuj± kilka dodatkowych poleceñ.
Czê¶æ z nich, które maj± sens w LyX-ie s± zaimplementowane w odpowiednich
¶rodowiskach.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Szczegó³owy opis (w jêzyku niemieckim) LaTeX-owych klas dokumentu rodziny
Koma-Script mo¿na znale¼æ w dokumentacji Koma-Script
-\emph on
+\emph on
scrguide
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Istnieje angielskie t³umaczenie --
-\emph on
+\emph on
screnggu
-\emph default
+\emph default
, ale nie jest kompletne
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\emph default
+
+\emph default
Dalsze punkty opisuj± tylko te aspekty, które s± zwi±zane z LyX-em.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Klasy article (koma-script), report (koma-script) i book (koma-script)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasy dokumentu
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book(koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
s± zaimplementowane w plikach uk³adu, odpowiednio:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrartcl.layout
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrreprt.layout
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrbook.layout
-\family default
+\family default
.
Zawieraj± one wszystkie ¶rodowiska odpowiednich standardowych klas dokumentu
odpowiednio
-\emph on
+\emph on
article
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\emph on
+\emph on
report
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book
-\emph default
+\emph default
, czê¶ciowo zmienione z wy³±czeniem LyX-owego ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
List
-\family default
+\family default
, które jest zast±pione przez nowe ¶rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Labeling
-\family default
+\family default
o takiej samej funkcji.
Jednak ¶rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Labeling
-\family default
+\family default
zosta³o dodane do kilku nowych ¶rodowisk, ale nie s± one czê¶ci± klasy
-\emph on
+\emph on
letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addchap
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addsec
-\family default
+\family default
: s± odpowiednikami dla
-\family sans
+\family sans
Chapter*
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Section*
-\family default
+\family default
, dodatkowo daj± wpis do spisu tre¶ci.
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addchap
-\family default
+\family default
nie istnieje w klasie
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addchap*
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addsec*
-\family default
+\family default
: zachowuj± siê dok³adnie tak jak
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addchap
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addsec
-\family default
+\family default
, additionally clearing running heads.
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addchap*
-\family default
+\family default
nie istnieje w klasie
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Minisec
-\family default
+\family default
: generuje tytu³ tu¿ nad nastêpnym akapitem w standardowej wielko¶ci czcionki
bez wp³ywu na strukturê dokumentu.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska, razem ze standardowymi:
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
, tworz± stronê tytu³ow± dokumentu.
Musz± byæ wstawione na pocz±tku pierwszego ,,normalnego'' akapitu
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Odpowiednie polecenia LaTeX musz± pojawiæ siê przed poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
maketitle
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Gdy dane ¶rodowisko jest u¿yte czê¶ciej ni¿ jeden raz, to zostanie uwzglêdnione
tylko ostatnie jego wyst±pienie w tek¶cie.
Te dodatkowe ¶rodowiska, podobnie jak
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
, nie wp³ywaj± na wygl±d tworzonego dokumentu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subject
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit powy¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
) z tematem dokumentu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Publishers
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit poni¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
) z nazw± wydawcy.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Dedication
-\family default
+\family default
: w klasach
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit z dedykacj± na oddzielnej stronie za stron±
tytu³ow±, a w klasie
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
tworzy wy¶rodkowany akapit z dedykacj± poni¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Titlehead
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy wyrównany do lewej powy¿ej podstawowego tytu³u (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
) dla nag³ówka dokumentu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Uppertitleback
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy w druku dwustronnym w klasach
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
na tyle strony tytu³owej u góry wyrównany do lewej akapit, a w przypadku
druku jednostronnego lub klasy
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
nie jest sk³adane.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Lowertitleback
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy w druku dwustronnym w klasach
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
na tyle strony tytu³owej u do³u wyrównany do lewej akapit, a w przypadku
druku jednostronnego lub klasy
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
nie jest sk³adane.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Extratitle
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy specjaln± ,,brudn±'' stronê na pocz±tku dokumentu zawieraj±c± akapit
bez specjalnego formatowania.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pliki uk³adu dla klas dokumentu
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
w³±czaj± plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrmacros.inc
-\family default
+\family default
.
Który jest w³a¶ciwym miejscem do definiowania w³asnych ¶rodowisk.
Skopiuj
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrmacros.inc
-\family default
+\family default
do swojego osobistego foldera uk³adów i wyedytuj go!
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Klasa letter (koma-script)
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Inlined
+status inlined
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
Klasa dokumentu
-\emph on
+\emph on
letter (koma-script)
-\emph default
+\emph default
jest zaimplementowana w pliku uk³adu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
scrlettr.layout
-\family default
+\family default
.
Zawiera on wszystkie ¶rodowiska odpowiadaj±ce standardowej klasie
-\emph on
+\emph on
letter
-\emph default
+\emph default
, czê¶ciowo zmienione z wy³±czeniem LyX-owych ¶rodowisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
List
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Comment
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
LyX
-\family default
+\family default
-
-\family sans
+\family sans
Code
-\family default
+\family default
, które s± zast±pione przez nowe ¶rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Labeling
-\family default
+\family default
o takiej samej funkcji.
Ponadto zawiera, w odró¿nieniu od standardowej klasy, standardowe ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Quotation
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Quote
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Verse
-\family default
+\family default
.
Dodatkowo jest kilka nowych specyficznych ¶rodowisk.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Inlined
+status inlined
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{sloppypar}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Wygl±d listu z³o¿onego w tej klasie dokumentu mo¿e byæ sterowany za pomoc±
kilku poleceñ LaTeX-a (w LyX-ie mo¿na je wprowadziæ wybieraj±c z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
reambu³a LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
)
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Na przyk³ad, standardowy wygl±d nag³ówka listu zawieraj±cy nazwê i adres
jest ca³kowicie self-willed.
,,Podstawowy'' nag³ówek jest tworzony za pomoc± nastêpuj±cych poleceñ w
preambule:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
firsthead{
-\backslash
+\backslash
parbox[b]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
textwidth}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
{
-\backslash
+\backslash
ignorespaces
-\backslash
+\backslash
fromname
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
ignorespaces
-\backslash
+\backslash
fromaddress}}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
nexthead{
-\backslash
+\backslash
parbox[b]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
textwidth}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
{
-\backslash
+\backslash
ignorespaces
-\backslash
+\backslash
fromname
-\backslash
+\backslash
hfill
-\backslash
+\backslash
ignorespaces
-\backslash
+\backslash
pagename
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
thepage}}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Dziêki temu autor listu mo¿e utworzyæ swój w³asny uk³ad.
Szczegó³owy opis (w jêzyku niemieckim) LaTeX-owych klas dokumentu rodziny
Koma-Script mo¿na znale¼æ w dokumentacji Koma-Script
-\emph on
+\emph on
scrguide
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
¦rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Letter
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
definiuj± pocz±tek listu i musz± byæ u¿yte w ka¿dym li¶cie.
Dla podkre¶lenia ich w dokumencie, s± zaznaczone literami odpowiednio
-\family sans
+\family sans
L
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family sans
+\family sans
O
-\family default
+\family default
na lewym marginesie.
To umo¿liwia napisanie dowolnej liczby listów w jednym pliku.
¦rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
tworzy nowy list u¿ywaj±c tego samego adresu, a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Letter
-\family default
+\family default
tworzy nowy adres.
¦rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Closing
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
PS
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
CC
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Encl
-\family default
+\family default
s± podstawowymi ¶rodowiskami i mog± byæ u¿ywane wielokrotnie w tym samym
li¶cie.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Letter
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy akapit na adres i definiuje pocz±tek listu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy akapit dla adresu i zaczyna nowy list.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Closing
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy akapit na tekst zamykaj±cy list.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
PS
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy akapit na Postscriptum.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
CC
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy akapit na listê rozdzielnika (Do wiadomo¶ci).
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Encl
-\family default
+\family default
: tworzy akapit dla za³±czników.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
¦rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Name
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Signature
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Telephone
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Place
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Backaddress
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Specialmail
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Location
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subject
-\family default
+\family default
wy¶wietlaj± etykiety, dla u³atwienia wpisywania, których zawarto¶æ jest
przetwarzana przez klasê letter (Koma-Script)
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types
-\family sans
+\family sans
Letter
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
described above are not such input types as well.
Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented
them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin.
Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
type and the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Closing
-\family default
+\family default
type had such a serious different appearance.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Te ¶rodowiska musz± byæ u¿yte na pocz±tku odpowiedniego ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Implementacja tych ¶rodowisk w trybie WYSIWYG nie ma sensu, poniewa¿ rzeczywisty
wygl±d z³o¿onego listu zale¿y nie tylko od u¿ycia w³a¶ciwego ¶rodowiska,
ale tak¿e innych czynników.
Na przyk³ad podpis wprowadzony w ¶rodowisku
-\family sans
+\family sans
Signature
-\family default
+\family default
bêdzie pojawia³ siê tylko w li¶cie, w którym u¿yto ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Closing
-\family default
+\family default
.
Zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Telephone
-\family default
+\family default
standardowo nie bêdzie pojawiaæ siê przy wszystkich z³o¿onych listach.
Mo¿liwo¶æ projektowania wolnych nag³ówków listu jest ju¿ wspomniana w przypisie
powy¿ej.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
¦rodowiska mog± byæ tak¿e u¿ywane jako puste akapity.
To ma sens np.
dla ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Signature
-\family default
+\family default
.
Je¶li ¶rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Signature
-\family default
+\family default
nie zosta³o w ogóle u¿yte, to standardowo jest zastêpowane zawarto¶ci±
¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Name
-\family default
+\family default
, ale je¶li mamy puste ¶rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Signature
-\family default
+\family default
to nie jest niczym zastêpowane.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przez u¿ycie ¶rodowisk mo¿na utworzyæ szablon listu, z czê¶ciowo wype³nionymi
polami ¶rodowisk (np.
Name, Address itd).
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Name
-\family default
+\family default
: nazwa nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê jako wy¶rodkowany akapit w nag³ówku
listu.
Tekst pisany jest du¿ymi literami.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Signature
-\family default
+\family default
: podpis nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê poni¿ej tre¶ci ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Closing
-\family default
+\family default
.
Je¶li nie u¿yto ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Signature
-\family default
+\family default
to zamiast niego pojawia siê zawarto¶æ
-\family sans
+\family sans
Name
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\family default
+\family default
: adres nadawcy, standardowo pojawia siê jako wy¶rodkowany akapit w nag³ówku
listu, poni¿ej nazwy nadawcy.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Telephone
-\family default
+\family default
: numer telefonu nadawcy, pojawia siê tylko, gdy jest w³±czona zmienna LaTeX
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
telephonenum
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Place
-\family default
+\family default
: miejsce napisania listu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
: data napisania listu.
-\family sans
+\family sans
Place
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
standardowo sk³adane s± w wierszu poni¿ej pola adresu nadawcy wyrównane
do prawej.
Je¶li ¶rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
jest puste, to zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Place
-\family default
+\family default
nie pojawi siê.
Je¶li nie u¿yto ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
, to domy¶lnie pobierana jest data sk³adu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Backaddress
-\family default
+\family default
: adres zwrotny, standardowo sk³adany jest powy¿ej adresu docelowego ma³±
czcionk± bezszeryfow±.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Specialmail
-\family default
+\family default
: uwagi dla poczty (np.
do r±k w³asnych), standardowo pojawiaj± siê pomiêdzy adresem zwrotnym a
docelowym, i s± podkre¶lone.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Location
-\family default
+\family default
: dodatkowa informacja, standardowo pojawia siê przy prawym marginesie poni¿ej
adresu docelowego.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
: tytu³ listu, standardowo pojawia siê z³o¿ony wielk± i pó³grub± czcionk±
bezszeryfow± powy¿ej tematu listu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subject
-\family default
+\family default
: temat listu, standard z³o¿ony jest czcionk± pó³grub± powy¿ej akapitu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
¦rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Yourref
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Yourmail
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Myref
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Customer
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Invoice
-\family default
+\family default
tworz± listy firmowe przez z³o¿enie zawarto¶ci tych ¶rodowisk powy¿ej wiersza
tytu³owego.
Dla pola daty u¿ywana jest zawarto¶æ ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
.
Je¶li wykorzystane jest choæ jedno ze ¶rodowisk ,,biznesowych'', to zawarto¶æ
¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Place
-\family default
+\family default
nie jest sk³adana, tylko ustawiana jest zmienna LaTeX
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
fromplace
-\family default
+\family default
.
te ¶rodowiska musz± byæ u¿yte przed odpowiednim ¶rodowiskiem
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opening
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Yourref
-\family default
+\family default
: Wasz znak (Your ref.)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Yourmail
-\family default
+\family default
: Wasz list (Your letter of.)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Myref
-\family default
+\family default
: Nasz znak (Our ref.)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Customer
-\family default
+\family default
: Klient (Customer no.)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Invoice
-\family default
+\family default
: Nr faktury (Invoice no.)
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Problemy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przedstawienie WYSIWYG w LyX-ie dokumentów w klasie Koma-Script powoduje
kilka problemów.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Numery rozdzia³ów ¶rodowisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
Chapter
-\family default
+\family default
s± wy¶wietlane w wierszu powy¿ej tytu³u rozdzia³u.
Taki przypadek jest spowodowany wewnêtrznym przetwarzaniem przez LyX ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Counter_Chapter
-\family default
+\family default
w pliku uk³adu.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Tytu³y ¶rodowisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addchap
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Addsec
-\family default
+\family default
s± wstawione tylko do ,,prawdziwego'' LaTeX-owego spisu tre¶ci, a nie s±
wy¶wietlane LyX-owym spisie tre¶ci (
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
N
-\bar default
+\bar default
awigacja
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Tryb separacji akapitów w dokumencie
-\emph on
+\emph on
letter
-\emph default
+\emph default
wy¶wietlany jest jako odstêp, a nie wciêcie.
To jest standardowe zachowanie, do tego nie potrzeba ¿adnego polecenia
LaTeX-a.
Ale w oknie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
okument
-\family default
+\family default
odpowiedni prze³±cznik wskazuje na za³±czony tryb
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
W
-\bar default
+\bar default
ciêcie
-\family default
+\family default
.
Tryb
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
O
-\bar default
+\bar default
dstêp
-\family default
+\family default
daje efekt po u¿yciu odpowiedniego polecenia LaTeX-a wstawionego do dokumentu
do wytworzenia odstêpu.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Springer Journals (
-\family sans
+\family sans
svjour
-\family default
+\family default
)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Martin Vermeer
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Opis
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tutaj opisujemy klasy i pliki uk³adu u¿ywanych dla niektórych pism wydawanych
przez wydawnictwo Springer Verlag i wymienionych na stronie
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, sk±d powiniene¶ móc pobraæ pliki klasy (tak, oczywi¶cie teraz dla LaTeX2e!).
To jest modularny system: wspólne czê¶ci dla wszystkich pism s± zaimplementowan
e w pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
svjour.inc
-\family default
+\family default
, z którego korzystaj± specyficzne dla danego pisma pliki uk³adu (np.:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
svjog.layout
-\family default
+\family default
dla
-\emph on
+\emph on
Journal of Geodesy
-\emph default
+\emph default
) .
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Oznacza to, ¿e implementacja wsparcia dla innego pisma wydawnictwa Springer
wymaga napisania w³asnego pliku uk³adu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
sv
-\family default
+\family default
<myjournal>
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.layout
-\family default
+\family default
na podstawie pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
svjog.layout
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasa dokumentu LyX-a by³a testowana tylko dla pisma
-\emph on
+\emph on
Journal of Geodesy
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Pliki
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
svjour
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
svjog
-\family default
+\family default
s± zawarte w standardowej dystrybucji LyX-a.
Zainstaluj pobran± z serwera wydawnictwa Springer odpowiedni± klasê LaTeX-ow±
w odpowiednim katalogu TeX-a, od¶wie¿ bazê pakietów TeX-a (w teTeX-u uruchom
polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
texhash
-\family default
+\family default
, jako root je¶li jest to niezbêdne), zrekonfiguruj LyX-a i powinno ju¿
dzia³aæ.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Nowe style
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Du¿a liczba stylów typu theorem --
-\family sans
+\family sans
Claim, Conjecture,
-\family default
+\family default
-\family sans
+\family sans
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
Theorem
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
+\family sans
Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute,
Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement
-\family default
+\family default
.
Zobacz dokumentacjê do pakietu aby poznaæ szczegó³y.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Obs³ugiwane pisma
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\emph on
+\emph on
Journal of Geodesy
-\emph default
+\emph default
:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
svjog.layout
-\family default
+\family default
-- Martin Vermeer
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\emph on
+\emph on
Probability Theory and Related Fields
-\emph default
+\emph default
:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
svprobth.layout
-\family default
+\family default
-- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dodaj w³asne -- to nie jest trudne!
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Podziêkowania
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Te pliki bazuj± czê¶ciowo na starszym pliku uk³adu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ejour2.layout
-\family default
+\family default
, który bazowa³ na starym stylu LaTeX 2.09 z wydawnictwa Springer.
Wszystko to i uk³ad
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ejour2
-\family default
+\family default
teraz nie dzia³a.
Jean-Marc Lasgouttes bardzo pomóg³ mi znale¼æ drogê implementacji uk³adu
w LyX-ie.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
B³êdy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Prawdopodobne.
Ale prawdopodobnie mniej ni¿ w starej klasie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ejour2
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ograniczenia np.: nie wy¶wietla numeru ¶rodowisk typu theorem, w tej chwili
#.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
AGU journals (
-\family sans
+\family sans
aguplus
-\family default
+\family default
)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\shape smallcaps
+\shape smallcaps
Martin Vermeer
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Description
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical
Society.
It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus
installed (everything to be found at
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
).
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
New styles
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Redefined are
-\family sans
+\family sans
Paragraph
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Paragraph*
-\family default
+\family default
.
They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents
in the AGU classes are
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subsubsubsection
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subsubsubsection*
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Newly defined styles are
-\family sans
+\family sans
Left_Header
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Right_Header
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Received
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Revised
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Accepted
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
CCC
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
PaperId
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
AuthorAddr
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
SlugComment
-\family default
+\family default
.
These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati
on.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
I suspect this is still badly incomplete.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
New floats
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
+\family sans
Planotable
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Plate
-\family default
+\family default
.
We also have a new
-\family sans
+\family sans
Table_Caption
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Supported journals
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\emph on
+\emph on
Journal of Geophysical Research
-\emph default
+\emph default
:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
jgrga.layout
-\family default
+\family default
-- Martin Vermeer
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
jgrga.layout
-\family default
+\family default
example and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
aguplus.inc
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
EGS journals (
-\family sans
+\family sans
egs
-\family default
+\family default
)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\shape smallcaps
+\shape smallcaps
Martin Vermeer
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Description
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals.
The needed
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
egs.cls
-\family default
+\family default
can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
New styles
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
+\family sans
Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received,
Accepted
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Offsets
-\family default
+\family default
.
The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit
from using the various
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
std*.inc
-\family default
+\family default
file inclusions.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Slides [aka
-\noun on
+\noun on
Sli
-\noun default
+\noun default
TeX]
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
John Weiss
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W tej sekcji opisujemy jak u¿yæ LyX-a do przygotowania slajdów do rzutników.
Istniej± dwie klasy dokumentów, które mo¿na do tego celu zastosowaæ: domy¶lnie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX.
W tej sekcji opisano pierwsz± z nich.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Powiem to jeszcze raz, jasno, aby nie bu³o nieporozumieñ:
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\size large
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\size large
Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje
-\emph on
+\emph on
tylko
-\emph default
+\emph default
klasê
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides (default)
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li szukasz dokumentacji do
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides (FoilTeX)
-\family default
-'', zajrzyj do sekcji\SpecialChar ~
+\family default
+'', zajrzyj do sekcji\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
Klasa
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
[
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides (FoilTeX)
-\family default
+\family default
''] jest aktualnie trochê lepsza ni¿ domy¶lnie klasa
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
lub tak powtarzam za jej adwokatami.
Nigdy jej nie u¿ywa³em i nie wiem czy to jest prawda czy nie.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ta klasa jest ulepszeniem LaTeX2e starego pakietu
-\noun on
+\noun on
Sli
-\noun default
+\noun default
TeX package.
Ka¿da dystrybucja LaTeX2e zawiera tê klasê [któr±, od teraz, bêdê nazywa³
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides
-\family default
+\family default
''], tak wiêc jeste¶ zmuszony j± mieæ.
Jak wspomnia³em wcze¶niej istniej± inne klasy, jak np.
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
, które tak¿e tworz± slajdy do rzutnika i wykonuj± to zadanie lepiej ni¿
ta.
Jednak istnieje kilka rzeczy, które klasa
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
mo¿e zrobiæ, a inne nie, np.
generowanie overlays.
Czytaj dalej aby dowiedzieæ siê wiêcej!
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zaczynamy
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Oczywi¶cie, aby u¿yæ tej klasy dokumentu, potrzebujesz wybraæ klasê
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides (default)
-\family default
+\family default
'' z listy
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
C
-\bar default
+\bar default
lass
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
.
Jest kilka rzeczy, które powiniene¶ wiedzieæ o tej klasie:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Nie zmieniaj opcji
-\family sans
+\family sans
Strony i Page cols
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
.
Nie s± one obs³ugiwane przez klasê
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
W oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
lista styli dostêpna w polu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
agestyle
-\family default
+\family default
zachowuje siê troszkê inaczej dla tej klasy.
Dostêpne s± nastepuj±ce style:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
-\family sans
+\family sans
plain
-\family default
+\family default
W prawym dolnym naro¿niku slajdu umieszony zostanie numer slajdu,
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family sans
+\family sans
headings
-\family default
+\family default
Podobnie jak
-\family sans
+\family sans
plain
-\family default
+\family default
, ale dodatkowo zostana wstawione krzy¿yki w rogach folii dla dok³adnego
pozycjonowania przy nak³adaniu folii jedna na drug±.
To jest styl domy¶lny.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family sans
+\family sans
empty
-\family default
+\family default
Nie jest dodawany numer, data ani znaczniki wyrównania.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Klasa
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
posiada dodatkow± opcjê:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
clock
-\family default
+\family default
.
Aby j± u¿yæ, wpisz ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
clock
-\family default
+\family default
'' w polu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opcje doda
-\bar under
+\bar under
t
-\bar default
+\bar default
kowe
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl dokument
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
U¿ycie tej opcji pozwala dodaæ znacznik daty do
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
s.
- Zobacz sekcjê\SpecialChar ~
+ Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz u¿yæ szablonu ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
slides.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
'' aby automatycznie ustawiæ klasê nowego dokumentu na
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
[za pomoca polecenia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Nowy z\SpecialChar ~
+Nowy z\InsetSpace ~
szablonu
-\family default
+\family default
aby utworzyæ nowy dokument].
Plik szablonu zawiera tak¿e kilka przyk³adów specjalnych ¶rodowisk akapitów
taj klasy.
Bêdzie to opisane dalej.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
¦rodowiska akapitów
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pierwsz± rzecz±, któr± powiniene¶ zauwa¿yæ gdy zaczynasz nowy dokument slajdów
jest rozmiar i typ czcionki: odpowiednio ,,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Largest
-\family default
+\family default
'' i czcionka bezszeryfowa
-\family sans
-Sans\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Sans\InsetSpace ~
Serif
-\family default
+\family default
.
This is also what's used in the output.
Think of this as a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
visual cue
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
to remind you that this is a slide.
Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space.
Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment
pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar].
Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing.
There are also four new ones.
That's because the
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
class itself only supports certain paragraph environments:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Standard
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Itemize
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Enumerate
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Description
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
List
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
LaTeX
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Quotation
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Quote
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Verse
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Caption
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
LyX-Code
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Comment
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wszystkie inne standardowe ¶rodowiska w³±czaj±c ¶rodowiska sekcji nie s±
u¿ywane w klasie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slides
-\family default
+\family default
.
Z drugiej za¶ strony zauwa¿ysz nowe ¶rodowiska:
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
In prior versions of this class, there was the mandatory
-\family sans
+\family sans
EndAllSlides
-\family default
+\family default
paragraph environment.
-\family sans
+\family sans
EndAllSlides
-\family default
+\family default
is deprecated; it will convert to a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Comment
-\family default
+\family default
.
You should probably remove it.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\family sans
+
+\family sans
Slide
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
These five are kind of quirky, due to a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
feature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
in LyX.
You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment
a slide with anything except plain text.
To deal with this, I've performed a little
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
LaTeX magic.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Quirks of the New Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent
limitiations in the current version of LyX.
As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme
nt.
To get around this, the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the
-\emph on
+\emph on
User's Guide
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
You should consider
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
, and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
to be ,,pseudo-environments''.
They look like a section heading or a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family sans
+\family sans
Caption
-\family default
+\family default
,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment.
Likewise, treat
-\family sans
+\family sans
Invisible Text
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
pseudo-commands.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
These two perform some action.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
A common feature of all five environments,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
, is a rather long-ish label.
The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph
environment --- is utterly irrelevant for
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
.
LyX completely ignores it.
In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
While you don't
-\emph on
+\emph on
have
-\emph default
+\emph default
to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to.
This could be a short description of the contents of the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
, for example.
In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit
-\family sans
+\family sans
Return
-\family default
+\family default
as you normally would.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text,
you'll hit another LyX quirk.
LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph
environment until you put something in the old one.
So, do this:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Start entering the text that will
-\emph on
+\emph on
follow
-\emph default
+\emph default
the new
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Now move to the beginning of that paragraph.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Next, hit
-\family sans
+\family sans
Return
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Tworzenie prezentacji u¿ywaj±c
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
U¿ycie ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio
n, you'll be sorely disappointed.
Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation.
Filling in the contents, however, is up to you.
[Then again, that
-\emph on
+\emph on
is
-\emph default
+\emph default
the LyX philosophy.]
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Choosing the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
- environment [in the manner described in section\SpecialChar ~
+\family default
+ environment [in the manner described in section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh].
The label for this environment/
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
pseudo-command
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
is an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
ASCII line,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
in cool blue, followed by the label,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
NewSlide:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide.
It's that simple.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX.
In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide.
If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra
I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have
any page number on it.
Furthermore, it may interfere with any
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
you've made to accompany the oversized
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
environments work the same way as the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
environment.
They both create an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
ASCII line
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
followed by a label [
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
NewOverlay:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
NewNote:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, respectively].
The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
ASCII line
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
will look different, in style and in length.
The label fonts of all three also differ from one another.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
As with a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
, if the contents of a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow
onto a new sheet.
Again, you should avoid this.
It defeats the whole purpose of
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
s and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
s.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
U¿ycie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
ze
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The idea behind an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
is a slide that sits atop another slide.
Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
before displaying the text associated with it.
One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of
the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
you want to display later.
This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another,
for example.
You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate,
overlapping
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
s to align the two graphs.
The use of an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
environment in both cases makes life much easier.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Each
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
receives the page number of its
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
parent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
, appended by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-a
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Presumably, mutliple
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
s would have
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-a
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-b
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-c
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-, etc.\SpecialChar ~
+, etc.\InsetSpace ~
appended to the page number of the parent
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\family sans
+
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
and the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
as ,,part of'' a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
Indeed, the LyX
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
is shorter than that at the start of a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers
in all four corners of both the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
page and its parent
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the
two transparencies.
How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse
is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try
and insert vertical space of the right size.
The better way is to use
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
As their names imply,
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text
invisible and visible, respectively.
- Note from section\SpecialChar ~
+ Note from section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
that you don't place anything
-\emph on
+\emph on
into
-\emph default
+\emph default
these two environments, however.
When you create an
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
, it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
<Invisible Text Follows>
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
[or
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
For
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
, the corresponding centered label is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
<Visible Text Follows>
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
in blazing green.
Paragraphs following this label behave normally.
Note that the beginning of a new
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
, or
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
automatically shuts off an
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
.
It's therefore not necessary to use
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
at the end of a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using
the proper combination of
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
on a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Create a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
, including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide
or on the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
, insert an
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
environment.
If necessary, insert a
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
environment after the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
-only text.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Start an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
immediately following the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Copy the contents of this
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
into the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Within the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
, change all of the
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
lines to
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
and vice-versa.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
That's it.
You've just made an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor
make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again.
To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
The commands of interest are:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
{
-\backslash
+\backslash
invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
}
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
{
-\backslash
+\backslash
visible \SpecialChar \ldots{}
}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
and need to be marked as TeX.
The text whose
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
visibility
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
invisible
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
visible
-\family default
+\family default
command].
If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of
the
-\emph on
+\emph on
User's Guide
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Using
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
with
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Like an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
, a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
is associated with a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
parent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
Here, too, the LyX
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
class provides visual cues.
The label for a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
is shorter than that of a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
[yet longer than that of an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
] and, like the label of an
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
is shockingly magenta.
Additionally, the printed
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
has the page number of its
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
parent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
, appended by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-
-\family default
+\family default
1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-
-\family default
+\family default
2
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-
-\family default
+\family default
3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, etc.
You can have multiple
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
s associated with a single
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
, and, as with
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
, you'll probably want to break up long
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The purpose of a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about
a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers.
Currently, the LyX
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
class has no
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
native
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
support for time markers, a
-\noun on
+\noun on
Sli
-\noun default
+\noun default
TeX feature.
So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
clock
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
- [see section\SpecialChar ~
+ [see section\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
].
This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand
corner of every
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
you generate.
To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
settime{}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
addtime{}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
settime{}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
sets the time marker to a given time.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
addtime{}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
increments the time marker by the specified amount.
Using time markers and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula
r
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There's one last feature to describe.
Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
s and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
s on transparencies while printing all of your
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
s on plain paper.
However, a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
-\emph on
+\family default
+\emph on
must
-\emph default
+\emph default
follow the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
with which it is associated.
What's a person to do?
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print
out.
Both must be placed into the preamble of your document.
The command
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlyslides{
-\backslash
+\backslash
slides}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
will cause the output to contain only the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
s and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
s.
Correspondingly, the command
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlynotes{
-\backslash
+\backslash
notes}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
prevents the output of anything but
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
s.
I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment
both out.
what you want to print.
I like to uncomment
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlyslides{
-\backslash
+\backslash
slides}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, print to a file with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-slides
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlynotes{
-\backslash
+\backslash
notes}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and print to a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
*-notes.ps
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
file.
I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain
paper as appropriate.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
You can also provide other arguments to the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlyslides{}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlynotes{}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
commands.
See a good LaTeX book for details.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Plik szablonu klasy
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slides
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wraz z klas±
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slides
-\family default
+\family default
dostarczy³em tak¿e plik szablonu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
slides.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
.
Aby go u¿yæ zacznij Twoj± now± prezentacjê przez
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Nowy z
-\bar under
+\bar under
S
-\bar default
+\bar default
zablonu
-\family default
+\family default
.
Twój nowy plik prezentacji bêdzie zawiera³ jako przyk³ad trójkê
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
--
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
--
-\family sans
+\family sans
Note
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Overlay
-\family default
+\family default
dodatkowo zawieraj± jako przyk³ad u¿ycia tekst niewidzialny (
-\family sans
+\family sans
InvisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
) i widzialny (
-\family sans
+\family sans
VisibleText
-\family default
+\family default
).
Na koniec zawarto¶æ preambu³y:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlyslides{
-\backslash
+\backslash
slides}
-\newline
+\newline
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
% Uncomment to print out only notes
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
%
-\backslash
+\backslash
onlynotes{
-\backslash
+\backslash
notes}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
I ostatnia rzecz: utworzy³em tê klasê LyX-a do obs³ugi klasy LaTeX2e ,,
-\noun on
+\noun on
Sli
-\noun default
+\noun default
TeX emulation'', one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes.
Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this
built-in slide class.
It's here if you want it or need it.
Istniej± inne klasy LaTeX2e do tworzenia prezentacji, takie jak:
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foils
-\family default
- [zobacz\SpecialChar ~
+\family default
+ [zobacz\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
] lub pakiet ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
seminar
-\family default
+\family default
'' [znajduj±cy siê w wielu dystrybucjach TeX-a].
Ten ostatni nie jest jeszcze obs³ugiwany przez LyX-a
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Aktualnie znajduje siê plik uk³adu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
seminar.layout
-\family default
+\family default
ale nie ma jeszcze pliku szablonu i dokumentacji jak z niego skorzystaæ
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Foils [aka
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
-\noun on
+\family default
+\noun on
TeX
-\noun default
+\noun default
]
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Allan Rae
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W tej sekcji opisujemy jak u¿yæ LyX-a do przygotowania slajdów do rzutników.
Istniej± dwie klasy dokumentów, które mo¿na do tego celu zastosowaæ: domy¶lnie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Slide
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX.
W tej sekcji opisano tê drug± klasê.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Powiem to jeszcze raz, jasno, aby nie by³o nieporozumieñ:
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
-\size large
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+
+\size large
Ta sekcja dokumentu opisuje
-\emph on
+\emph on
tylko
-\emph default
+\emph default
klasê
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides (FoilTeX)
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li szukasz dokumentacji do
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides (default
-\family default
-)'', zajrzyj do sekcji\SpecialChar ~
+\family default
+)'', zajrzyj do sekcji\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
Je¶li w Twoim systemie nie masz zainstalowanej klasy
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
[,,
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides (FoilTeX)
-\family default
+\family default
''], to prawdopodobnie musisz u¿yæ domy¶lnej klasy
-\family sans
+\family sans
slides
-\family default
+\family default
, która nie jest tak dobra jak
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasa
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
jest zaprojektowana do u¿ycia z wersj± 2.1 LaTeX-owej klasy
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils.cls
-\family default
+\family default
, która jest teraz integraln± czê¶ci± LaTeX2e.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zaczynamy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Oczywi¶cie, aby u¿yæ tej klasy dokumentu, potrzebujesz wybraæ klasê
-\family sans
+\family sans
,,slides (FoilTeX)
-\family default
+\family default
'' z listy
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
C
-\bar default
+\bar default
lass
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
.
Jest kilka ustawieñ w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl Dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
i powiniene¶ znaæ ich specyfikê w tej klasie:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Nie zmieniaj opcji
-\family sans
+\family sans
Strony i Page cols
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
.
Nie s± one obs³ugiwane przez klasê
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Domy¶ln± wielko¶ci± czcionki jest 20pt, inne to 17pt, 25pt i 30pt.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Domy¶ln± rodzin± jest czcionka
-\family sans
+\family sans
bezszeryfowa
-\family default
+\family default
ale równania matematyczne s± sk³adane zwyk³± czcionk± szeryfow±.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX obs³uguje formaty papieru A4 i Letter, a tak¿e specjalny rozmiar do
pracy z 35mm slajdami.
Nie obs³uguje formatów: A5, B5, legal i executive.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Nie zmieniaj ustawieñ
-\family sans
+\family sans
Pozycja wstawki
-\family default
+\family default
, poniewa¿ s± one ignorowane.
Wszystkie wstawki pojawiaj± siê w miejscu gdzie zosta³y umieszczone w tek¶cie.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Ustawienia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
agestyle
-\family default
+\family default
zachowuj± siê troszkê inaczej w tej klasie.
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX dostarcza rozszerzone mo¿liwo¶ci nag³ówków i stopek w³±czaj± w to logo
u¿ytkownika.
- Zobacz sekcjê\SpecialChar ~
+ Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów.
Strona tytu³owa jest traktowana inaczej ni¿ inne strony dokumentu:
-\emph on
+\emph on
zawsze
-\emph default
+\emph default
jest nienumerowana i
-\emph on
+\emph on
zawsze
-\emph default
+\emph default
logo jest wycentrowane u do³u strony (je¶li je zdefiniowano).
Mo¿liwe do wyboru style strony:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-\family sans
-\series bold
+\family sans
+\series bold
empty
-\family default
-\series default
+\family default
+\series default
Nie jest dodawany numer ani inne nag³ówki i stopki,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-\family sans
-\series bold
+\family sans
+\series bold
plain
-\family default
-\series default
+\family default
+\series default
Na dole w ¶rodku slajdu umieszczony zostanie numer slajdu.
bez innych nag³ówków i stopek (innych ni¿ przypisy).
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-\series bold
+\series bold
foilheadings
-\series default
+\series default
W prawym dolnym naro¿niku slajdu umieszczony zostanie numer slajdu.
Dodatkowe nag³ówki i stopki zostan± wy¶wietlone.
To jest styl domy¶lny.
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
-\series bold
+\series bold
fancy
-\series default
+\series default
Umo¿liwia skorzystanie z pakietu
-\family sans
+\family sans
fancyheadings
-\family default
+\family default
mimo, ¿e jego u¿ycie z
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX nie jest polecane przez autorów pakietu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX z powodu kilku mo¿liwych rozjechañ siê uk³adu strony.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Opcje dodatkowe
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nastêpuj±ce opcje mog± byæ u¿yte w polu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opcje dodatkowe
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl Dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
:
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-\series bold
+\series bold
35mmSlide
-\series default
+\series default
Ustawia rozmiar strony 7.33 cale na 11 cali.
Taki rozmiar ma identyczne proporcje jak 35mm slajd.
To ustawienie u³atwia pracê z tym medium,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-\series bold
+\series bold
headrule
-\series default
+\series default
Umieszcza poziom± liniê poni¿ej nag³ówka na ka¿dej stronie z wyj±tkiem
strony tytu³owej,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-\series bold
+\series bold
footrule
-\series default
+\series default
Umieszcza poziom± liniê powy¿ej stopki na ka¿dej stronie z wyj±tkiem strony
tytu³owej,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-\series bold
+\series bold
dvips
-\series default
+\series default
Ta opcja jest automatycznie w³±czona
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Przyp.
t³um.
Bez tej opcji mo¿esz korzystaæ wprost z pdfLaTeX-a
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
, gdy tworzysz nowy dokument w tej klasie.
Opcja ta mówi
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX-owi aby u¿y³ jako sterownika programu dvips do obrotu tych stron, które
ustawiono jako poziome,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-\series bold
+\series bold
landscape
-\series default
+\series default
Po prostu zmienia uk³ad strony na poziomy, ale nie dokonuje obrotu.
Dla tego je¶li chcesz u¿ywaæ tej opcji potrzebujesz u¿yæ zewnêtrznego programu
do obrotu ka¿dej strony lub w³ó¿ papier do drukarki poziomo.
Uwaga ta opcja zamienia role ¶rodowisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foilhead
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Rotatefoilhead
-\family default
+\family default
(nie przejmuj siê jest to opisane w nastêpnej sekcji),
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-\series bold
+\series bold
leqno
-\series default
+\series default
Numeracja równañ po lewej stronie równania,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx
-\series bold
+\series bold
fleqn
-\series default
+\series default
Wyrównuje równania do lewej.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wiêkszo¶æ zwyk³ych ¶rodowisk wystêpuj±cych w innych klasach jest tak¿e obs³ugiwa
nych w klasie
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
.
Jest kilka dodatkowych ¶rodowisk dostarczanych przez
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX a tak¿e kilka dodanych przez LyX-a.
Poni¿ej podano standardowe ¶rodowiska wystêpuj±ce równie¿ w innych klasach:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
-\family sans
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
Standard
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Itemize
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Enumerate
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Description
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
List
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
LaTeX
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
LyX-Code
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Verse
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Quote
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Quotation
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Abstract
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Bibliography
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
RightAddress
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Caption
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Comment
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{multicols}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Nastêpne s± g³ówne ¶rodowiska niezale¿nie od ¶rodowisk strukturyzuj±cych
tekst.
Folie s± w³a¶ciwie samodzielnymi sekcjami posiadaj±cymi tytu³ i tre¶æ.
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX dostarcza specyficznych poleceñ rozpoczynaj±cych now± foliê, s± to:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foilhead
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Rotatefoilhead
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX dostarcza tak¿e lekko zmodyfikowane wersje powy¿szych ¶rodowisk o nazwach:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
ShortFoilhead
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
ShortRotatefoilhead
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
ró¿nice pomiêdzy nimi s± wyja¶nione w nastêpnej sekcji.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Folie s± czêsto u¿ywane do prezentacji pomys³ów lub nowych teorii i tak¿e
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX dostarcza szeroki wachlarz narzêdzi do ich prezentacji:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
-\family sans
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
Theorem
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Lemma
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Corollary
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Proposition
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Definition
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Proof
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Theorem*
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Lemma*
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Corollary*
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Proposition*
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Definition*
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{multicols}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Wersje z gwiazdk± s± ¶rodowiskami nienumerowanymi, a bez gwiazdki s± numerowane.
S± jeszcze dwa ¶rodowiska list dodane przez LyX i s± to:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
TickList
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
CrossList
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jest jeszcze kilka poleceñ
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX-a, które nie s± obs³ugiwane przez LyX.
- Wspomnimy o nich i ich przeznaczeniu w sekcji\SpecialChar ~
+ Wspomnimy o nich i ich przeznaczeniu w sekcji\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Tworzenie folii
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W tej sekcji podamy proste wprowadzenie jak korzystaæ z ró¿nych ¶rodowisk
aby utworzyæ foliê.
Je¶li chcesz zobaczyæ przyk³ad folii zobacz plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Foils.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
dostêpny z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
O
-\bar default
+\bar default
twórz\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\family default
+\family default
i naci¶nij przycisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
Examples
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Strona tytu³owa
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nie tak jak inne klasy dostarczaj±ce ¶rodowisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Abstract
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
tworzy tytu³ na w³asnej stronie.
Je¶li opu¶cisz ¶rodowisko
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
, to LaTeX w zastêpstwie wstawi bie¿±c± datê (aktualizowan± przy ka¿dym
podgl±dzie).
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Rozpoczêcie nowej folii
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jak wspomnia³em wcze¶niej, mamy cztery sposoby na utworzenie nowej folii.
Dla folii pionowych powiniene¶ u¿yæ
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foilhead
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family sans
+\family sans
ShortFoilhead.
-\family default
+\family default
Ró¿nica pomiêdzy tymi ¶rodowiskami polega na wielko¶ci odstêpu pomiêdzy
tytu³em a tre¶ci±.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Folie poziome tworzymy za pomoc± ¶rodowisk
-\family sans
+\family sans
Rotatefoilhead
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
ShortRotatefoilhead
-\family default
+\family default
.
Znów ró¿nica miedzy nimi polega na odstêpie pomiêdzy tytu³em a tre¶ci±.
W obu skróconych wersjach mamy o pó³ cala mniejszy odstêp.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jednym problemem z obs³ug± poziomych slajdów jest wymóg u¿ycia sterownika
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dvips
-\family default
+\family default
do utworzenia pliku PostScript®, w przeciwnym razie folia nie zostanie
obrócona.
Jest mo¿liwo¶æ uzyskania poziomych folii nawet je¶li nie masz programu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dvips
-\family default
+\family default
, po prostu musisz w³o¿yæ folie poziomo do drukarki;-)
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs i wiêcej
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Z powodu ma³ego b³êdu w LyX-ie nie mo¿na umie¶ciæ dwóch ¶rodowisk tego samego
typu bezpo¶rednio jedno po drugim.
Musza one byæ czymkolwiek rozdzielone.
aby¶ mia³ po³±czone dwa ¶rodowiska razem.
A jak rozwi±zaæ ten problem? Najprostszym rozwi±zaniem jest wstawienie
tekstu pomiêdzy dwa ¶rodowiska lub wstawienie wstawki
-\family sans
+\family sans
LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
pomiêdzy te ¶rodowiska zawieraj±cej znak komentarza ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%
-\family default
+\family default
''.
To wymusi na LyX-ie utworzenie dwóch oddzielnych ¶rodowisk i da poprawny
wynik.
Przyk³ad jest zawarty w dostarczonym pliku w dystrybucji LyX-a.
pamiêtaj, problem pojawia siê tylko je¶li próbujesz umie¶ciæ dwa ¶rodowiska
takie jak Theorem bezpo¶rednio jedno za drugim.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Listy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz korzystaæ ze wszystkich obs³ugiwanych i wystêpuj±cych w innych klasach,
¶rodowisk list, a tak¿e z dwóch nowych.
Tutaj opiszê tylko te nowe.
Je¶li chcesz znale¼æ wiêcej informacji o innych ¶rodowiskach list zajrzyj
do
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêcznika U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Je¶li zamierzasz korzystaæ z wyliczeñ powiniene¶ tak¿e przeczytaæ sekcjê
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wybór znaku wyliczenia
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dwa nowe style list
-\family sans
+\family sans
TickList
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
CrossList
-\family default
+\family default
, zaprojektowano aby u³atwiæ Ci tworzenie list czynno¶ci wykonanych i nie
lub co jest w porz±dku lub z³e, przez dostarczenie dedykowanych ¶rodowisk,
które u¿ywaj± haczyka (akceptacji) lub krzy¿yka (negacji) jako znaku wyliczenia.
Te listy s± w rzeczywisto¶ci dedykowanymi wariantami ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Itemize
-\family default
+\family default
.
Wymagaj± one jednak zainstalowanego pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
psnfss
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Rysunki i Tabele
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX redefiniuje wstawki tabel i rysunków tak, aby pojawi³y siê dok³adnie
w miejscu ich wyst±pienia w tek¶cie.
W rzeczywisto¶ci zmiany pozycji wstawki s± ignorowane.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Nag³ówki i stopki
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
MyLogo{}
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
Restriction{}
-\family default
+\family default
s± przeznaczone do sterowania lew± stopk±.
Pierwsze pozwala na do³±czenie
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Przyp.
t³um.
Aby do³±czyæ logo graficzne to nale¿y jako argument polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
MyLogo{}
-\family default
+\family default
wpisaæ:
-\newline
+\newline
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
includegraphics{nazwapliku}
-\family default
+\family default
oraz umie¶ciæ w preambule polecenie:
-\newline
+\newline
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{graphicx}
-\family default
+\family default
albo
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{graphics}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
logo graficznego do folii, a domy¶lnie wpisuje ,,--Typeset by FoilTeX--''.
Drugie polecenie pozwala na wprowadzenie klasyfikacji dostêpno¶ci, np.
-\emph on
+\emph on
Poufne
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Domy¶lnie jest puste.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pozosta³e naro¿niki mo¿na wype³niæ poleceniami
-\family sans
- Right\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+ Right\InsetSpace ~
Footer
-\family default
+\family default
(domy¶lnie numer folii),
-\family sans
-Right\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
Header
-\family default
+\family default
(prawy górny) i
-\family sans
-Left\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Left\InsetSpace ~
Header
-\family default
+\family default
(lewy górny).
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Nieobs³ugiwane funkcje
-\family sans
+\family sans
Foil
-\family default
+\family default
TeX-a
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wszystkie polecenia wyja¶nione poni¿ej nale¿y wstawiaæ w ¶rodowisku
-\family sans
+\family sans
LaTeX
-\family default
+\family default
lub jako
-\family sans
+\family sans
TeX
-\family default
+\family default
wewn±trz innych ¶rodowisk.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
D³ugo¶ci
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wszystkie d³ugo¶ci s± ustawiane poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\family default
+\family default
-\newline
+\newline
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
setlength{
-\family default
-\emph on
+\family default
+\emph on
lengthname
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
}{
-\family default
-\emph on
+\family default
+\emph on
newlength
-\family typewriter
-\emph default
+\family typewriter
+\emph default
}
-\family default
+\family default
-\newline
+\newline
gdzie
-\emph on
+\emph on
lengthname
-\emph default
+\emph default
powinno byæ zast±pione nazw± d³ugo¶ci, która chcesz zmieniæ, a
-\emph on
+\emph on
newlength
-\emph default
+\emph default
przez warto¶æ.
Dla wszystkich d³ugo¶ci nale¿y podaæ jednostkê, np.
cale (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
in
-\family default
+\family default
), milimetry (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
mm
-\family default
+\family default
) lub punkty (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
pt
-\family default
+\family default
) lub jednostki wzglêdne w dokumencie lub d³ugo¶ci odnosz±ce siê do wielko¶ci
czcionek takie jak
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
textwidth
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿na zmieniaæ odstêp pomiêdzy tytu³em folii a tre¶ci±, przez zmianê d³ugo¶ci
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
foilheadskip
-\family default
+\family default
.
Na przyk³ad, aby na
-\emph on
+\emph on
wszystkich
-\emph default
+\emph default
foliach tytu³y by³y bli¿ej tre¶ci o pó³ cala, to wpisz do preambu³y:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\family default
+\family default
-\newline
+\newline
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
setlength{
-\backslash
+\backslash
foilheadskip}{-0.5in}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Odstêpy wokó³ wstawek mog± byæ ustawiane przez zmianê nastêpuj±cych d³ugo¶ci:
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
abovefloatskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy tekstem a gór± wstawki,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
abovecaptionskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy wstawk± a podpisem,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
belowcaptionskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy podpisem a dalszym tekstem,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
captionwidth
-\family default
+\family default
Mo¿esz zadaæ wê¿szy podpis wstawki ni¿ otaczaj±cy tekst przez ustawienie
tej d³ugo¶ci.
Najlepiej odnosiæ siê do d³ugo¶ci
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
textwidth
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jest jeszcze kilka d³ugo¶ci zwi±zanymi ze strona tytu³owa, które mog± byæ
u¿yteczne je¶li masz d³ugie tytu³y lub kilku autorów:
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
abovetitleskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy nag³ówkiem a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
titleauthorskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
a
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
authorauthorskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy wielokrotnymi wierszami ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
authordateskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
dateabstractskip
-\family default
+\family default
odstêp pomiêdzy ¶rodowiskami
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Abstract
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ostatnia d³ugo¶æ odnosi siê do wszystkich ¶rodowisk list.
Je¶li umie¶cisz
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
zerolistvertdimens
-\family default
-\emph on
+\family default
+\emph on
wewn±trz
-\emph default
+\emph default
¶rodowiska listy, wtedy wszystkie odstêpy pionowe pomiêdzy elementami listy
zostan± usuniête.
Uwaga -- to jest polecenie, a nie d³ugo¶æ i nie wymaga
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
setlength
-\family default
+\family default
tak jak wspomniane powy¿ej d³ugo¶ci.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Nag³ówki i stopki
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
LogoOn
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
LogoOff
-\family default
+\family default
steruj± wy¶wietlaniem na danym slajdzie logo zdefiniowanym poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
MyLogo
-\family default
+\family default
.
Je¶li wpiszesz polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
LogoOff
-\family default
+\family default
do preambu³y, to wówczas na ¿adnej folii nie pojawi siê logo.
Je¶li nie chcesz aby pojawi³o siê logo na jednej z folii, to umie¶æ na
niej polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
LogoOff
-\family default
+\family default
tu¿ po tytule strony, a nastêpnie umie¶æ polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
LogoOn
-\family default
+\family default
po tytule nastêpnej folii.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pozosta³e polecenia steruj±ce:
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
rightfooter{}
-\family default
+\family default
prawa stopka, domy¶lnie zawiera numer strony
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
rightheader{}
-\family default
+\family default
prawy nag³ówek
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMM
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
leftheader{}
-\family default
+\family default
lewy nag³ówek
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li zdecydujesz siê u¿yæ styl strony
-\family sans
+\family sans
fancy
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
, prawdopodobnie powiniene¶ dodaæ
-\newline
+\newline
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
let
-\backslash
+\backslash
headwidth
-\backslash
+\backslash
textwidth
-\family default
+\family default
-\newline
+\newline
do preambu³y, tak aby nag³ówki i stopki by³y w³a¶ciwie umieszczone na poziomych
stronach.
Jest to spowodowane niezgodno¶ci± uk³adów stron dostarczanych przez pakiet
-\family sans
+\family sans
fancyheadings
-\family default
+\family default
i klasê
-\family sans
+\family sans
foils
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Latex8 (Dokumenty konferencyjne IEEE )
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Allan Rae
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored
conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit.
The
-\family sans
+\family sans
latex.sty
-\family default
+\family default
package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit.
The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission
has been accepted.
There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting
restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that
means I don't have to repeat it all here.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zaczynamy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
[AR.
more to come]
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Obs³ugiwane ¶rodowiska
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Standard
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Title
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Author
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
E-mail
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Affiliation
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Abstract
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Section
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
SubSection
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Caption
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Ró¿nice pomiêdzy ekranem a dokumentem
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation
of section counters.
On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it
will appear in the output so don't let this worry you.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\shape smallcaps
+\shape smallcaps
Garst Reese
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a ,,rite of passage''.
Zosta³ zaprojektowany do czytania ze zwróceniem uwagi na tre¶æ oraz aby
byæ ³atwym i przyjaznym w czytaniu dla aktorów.
Ka¿da strona scenariusza powinna byæ jedn± minut± filmu.
Nie pisz tego czego nie mo¿esz zobaczyæ lub us³yszeæ na ekranie.
W ca³ym dokumencie powinna byæ stosowana czcionka Courier 12pkt, bez kursywy.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Specjalne problemy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tekst mówcy nie powinien byæ NIGDY ³amany w po³owie zdania.
Je¶li tekst mówcy jest kontynuowany na nastêpnej stronie, powtórz
-\family sans
+\family sans
Nazwê
-\family default
+\family default
mówcy przez
-\family sans
+\family sans
Cont'd
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Specjalne funkcje
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wstaw nazwê mówcy (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Speaker
-\family default
+\family default
) jako etykietê, a dalej wykorzystuj j± przez odno¶niki wewnêtrzne.
Okno odno¶ników bêdzie wy¶wietla³o obsadê.
Odno¶niki mo¿esz u¿ywaæ do wstawiania nazwy mówcy równie¿ w tek¶cie narratora.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Rozmiar papieru i marginesy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
USLetter, lewy 1.6in, prawy 0.75in, górny 0.5in, dolny 0.75in
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
¦rodowiska
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dostêpne s± nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska.
Mo¿esz u¿yæ uk³adu hollywood.bind aby uzyskaæ skróty klawiszowe jak poni¿ej.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Standard
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
U¿yj gdzie nic innego nie pasuje.
Próbuj nie korzystaæ z niego.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Narrative
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z n
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Used to describe stage setting and the action.
Pierwsze u¿ycie nazwy aktora napisz kapitalikiem.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-FADE\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+FADE\InsetSpace ~
IN
-\family default
+\family default
:
-\hfill
+\hfill
-\family sans
+\family sans
M-z S-I
-\family default
+\family default
-\newline
+\newline
Usually followed by something like ,,on Sally waking up''.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
INT:
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z i
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up.
Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting
required.
Pisz zawsze du¿ymi literami.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
EXT:
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z e
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up.
Pisz zawsze du¿ymi literami.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Speaker
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z s
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
The character speaking.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Parenthetical
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z p
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Instrukcje dla mówcy.
Nawiasy ,,()'' s± wstawiane automatycznie i wy¶wietlane s± tylko w LyX-ie,
ale zawsze bêda drukowane.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Dialogue
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z d
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Co mówca (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Speaker
-\family default
+\family default
) mówi.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Transition
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z t
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Instrukcja przemieszczania dla kamery, np.
CUT TO:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-FADE\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+FADE\InsetSpace ~
OUT:
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-I
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-A
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-T
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Right\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Right\InsetSpace ~
Address
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z r
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
¯argon scenariusza
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
(O.S) --- off screen
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
(V.0) --- voice over
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
b.g.
--- t³o
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
C.U.
--- close-up
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
PAN --- przesuniêcie kamery
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
INSERT --- cut to close-up of
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Broadway
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\shape smallcaps
+\shape smallcaps
Garst Reese
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasa Broadway jest przeznaczona dla pisz±cych scenariusze teatralne.
Ten format jest bardziej dekoracyjny i o wiele mniej ustandaryzowany.
Ten format powinien byæ odpowiedni dla workshopów.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Specjalne problemy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Podobnie jak format Hollywood.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Specjalne funkcje
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wstaw nazwê mówcy (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Speaker
-\family default
+\family default
) jako etykietê, a dalej wykorzystuj j± przez odno¶niki wewnêtrzne.
Okno odno¶ników wewnêtrznych bêdzie wy¶wietlaæ aktualn± obsadê.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Rozmiar papieru i marginesy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
USLetter, lewy 1.6in, prawy 0.75in, górny 0.5in, dolny 0.75in
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
¦rodowiska
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dostêpne s± nastêpuj±ce ¶rodowiska.
Mo¿esz u¿yæ uk³adu broadway.bind aby uzyskaæ skróty klawiszowe jak poni¿ej.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Standard
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Nie powiniene¶ go u¿ywaæ, ale jest je¶li inne nie bêd± Ci odpowiadaæ.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Narrative
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z n
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Used to describe stage setting and the action.
Pierwsze u¿ycie nazwy aktora napisz kapitalikiem.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
ACT
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z a
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Automatycznie numerowane.
Na ekranie bêdzie numeracja liczbami arabskimi, a na wydruku rzymskimi.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
ACT*
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S at
-\newline
+\newline
Podtytu³ ACT.
-\family default
+\family default
Tekst jest centrowany.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
SCENE
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-S
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Nie jest numerowane automatycznie.
Ty podajesz numer.
This is because I couldn't figure out how.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-AT\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+AT\InsetSpace ~
RISE:
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-R
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain
rises.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Speaker
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z s
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Nazwa mówcy (aktora), wy¶rodkowana napisana bêdzie kapitalikiem.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Parenthetical
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z p
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Instrukcje dla mówcy.
Nawiasy ,,()'' s± wstawiane automatycznie, ale wy¶wietlane s± tylko w LyX-ie,
ale zawsze bêda drukowane.
To ¶rodowisko jest u¿ywane tylko wewn±trz ¶rodowiska
-\family sans
+\family sans
Dialogue
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Dialogue
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z d
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Co mówi mówca.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
CURTAIN
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-C
-\newline
+\newline
-\family default
+\family default
Opuszczenie kurtyny.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-T
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z S-A
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Right_Address
-\hfill
+\hfill
M-z r
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Hello there.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
RevTeX4
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Amir Karge
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasa dokumentu
-\family sans
-Revtex\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Revtex\InsetSpace ~
4
-\family default
+\family default
wspó³pracuje z klas± RevTeX 4.0 (wydanie
\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
z maja 1999 roku) American Physical Society.
LyX ma klasê dokumentu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Revtex
-\family default
+\family default
, która wspó³pracuje z RevTeX 3.1.
Jednak wersja 3.1 jest generalnie przestarza³a jako wspó³pracuj±ca z LaTeX2.09,
co oznacza, ¿e wspó³praca z LyX-em nie jest najlepsza., poniewa¿ LyX wymaga
LaTeX2e.
Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e,
LyX with
-\family sans
-RevTeX\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+RevTeX\InsetSpace ~
4
-\family default
+\family default
textclass should also be pretty easy to use.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
These documents are supposed to be used in
-\emph on
+\emph on
addition
-\emph default
+\emph default
to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX
macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Instalacja
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README
file.
the package can be found at
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it.
(i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you
reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4
textclass.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document
using
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
, or to use the
-\family sans
-Revtex\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Revtex\InsetSpace ~
4
-\family default
+\family default
template, found in the templates directory.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Preambu³a Matter
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Optional arguments to
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
, like ,,preprint'' and ,,aps'', go in the
-\family sans
+\family sans
E
-\bar under
+\bar under
x
-\bar default
+\bar default
tra Options
-\family default
+\family default
field in the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Document Layout
-\family default
+\family default
popup, as usual.
Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required!
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Other preamble matter, like
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
draft
-\family default
+\family default
etc.
goes in the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Latex Preamble
-\family default
+\family default
popup, also as usual.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Uk³ad
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0.
For example, the Email layout corresponds to
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
email{}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Affiliation
-\family default
+\family default
layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
In case you're curious, both were included so that
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX
-\family default
+\family default
would be able to translate both
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
address
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
affiliation
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Wa¿ne uwagi
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause
bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
In RevTeX, the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thanks
-\family default
+\family default
command goes
-\emph on
+\emph on
outside
-\emph default
+\emph default
the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
author
-\family default
+\family default
command.
The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout.
Do
-\emph on
+\emph on
not
-\emph default
+\emph default
write footnotes in the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
layout, or weird things may happen.
See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Also, the
-\family sans
- Author\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+ Author\InsetSpace ~
Email
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family sans
-Author\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Author\InsetSpace ~
URL
-\family default
+\family default
, and
-\family sans
+\family sans
Thanks
-\family default
+\family default
layouts must be placed
-\emph on
+\emph on
in between
-\emph default
+\emph default
the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
layout and the corresponding
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\family default
+\family default
(or equivalent
-\family sans
+\family sans
Affiliation
-\family default
+\family default
) layout.
If you put the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Thanks
-\family default
+\family default
after the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Address
-\family default
+\family default
, the LaTeX won't compile.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Drawbacks
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments
to layouts like Email and Title.
(The problem is not unique to this layout; in LyX 1.0, you can't use optional
you'll need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional
arguments to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers.
Lacking these layouts makes the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
altaffiliation
-\family default
+\family default
(and the equivalent
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
altaddress
-\family default
+\family default
) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be
added by hand.
This drawback will be fixed in LyX 1.2.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
article (mwart), book (mwbk) i report (mwrep)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Tomasz £uczak
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasy dokumentu
-\emph on
+\emph on
article (mwart)
-\emph default
+\emph default
,
-\emph on
+\emph on
report (mwrep)
-\emph default
+\emph default
i
-\emph on
+\emph on
book (mwbk)
-\emph default
+\emph default
autorstwa marcina Woliñskiego odpowiadaj± klasom LateX-a odpowiednio:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
mwart.cls
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
mwbk.cls
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
mwrep.cls
-\family default
+\family default
.
Zastêpuj± one standardowe klasy:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
article.cls
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
book.cls
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
report.cls
-\family default
+\family default
.
S± one zgodne z polskimi zwyczajami typograficznymi.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Podstawowe ró¿nice:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Nienumerowane tytularia ( z gwiazdk±) s± dopisywane do spisu tre¶ci.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Dodatkowe style strony:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
uheadings pagina górna z lini± oddzielaj±c±,
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
myheadings pagina górna z zadawan± tre¶ci± poleceniami:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
markright
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
markboth
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
myuheadings pagina górna z zadawan± tre¶ci± z lini± oddzielaj±c±,
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
outer paginacja w stopce od strony zewnêtrznego marginesu
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Opcje
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
rmheadings szeryfowe tytularia -- opcja domy¶lna
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
sfheadings bezszeryfowe tytularia
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
authortitle najpierw autor poni¿ej tytu³ -- opcja domy¶lna
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
titleauthor najpierw tytu³ poni¿ej autor
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
withmarginpar rezerwuje miejsce na marginalia
-\end_deeper
-\layout Chapter
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Chapter
Import i eksport innych formatów plików
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zagadnienie importu i eksportu z/do innych formatów plików zosta³o wspomniane
w
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
W tym rozdziale jest opisane wiêcej szczegó³ów potrzebnych do zrozumienia
tego co siê dzieje po naci¶niêciu polecenia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
I
-\bar default
+\bar default
mportuj
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
E
-\bar under
+\bar under
x
-\bar default
+\bar default
portuj
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Import z innych formatów
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
LaTeX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
T³umaczenie z LaTeX-a do LyX-a jest dokonywane przez Perl za pomoc± skryptów
wywo³ywanych przez reLyX.
Ponadto jest to samodzielny program, który mo¿e byæ wywo³ywany z wiersza
Zobacz sekcjê
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
dla pe³niejszego opisu.
Nie ma parametrów do ustawiania przez u¿ytkownika.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
ASCII
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
S± dwie metody importu plików tekstowych ASCII.
Import ,,jako wiersze'' zachowuje wszystkie koñce wierszy z pliku ASCII
do LyX-a, wówczas ka¿dy wiersz jest oddzielnym akapitem.
Podczas importu ,,jako akapit'' kolejne wiersze ³±czone s± w jeden akapit.
Pusty wiersz traktowany jest jako separator akapitów.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Noweb
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\emph on
+\emph on
[Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer]
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Eksport do innych formatów
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
LaTeX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX tworzy dwa typy plików LaTeX-owych: pliki do normalnego przetwarzania
(do podgl±du DVI itp.), które nie s± nigdy ogl±dane oraz pliki o formie
czytelnej dla ludzi.
Jedyn± mo¿liw± do ustawienia jest dyrektywa
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
ascii_linelen
-\family default
+\family default
okre¶laj±ca maksymaln± d³ugo¶æ wiersza pliku, domy¶ln± warto¶ci± jest 75
znaków.
Plik wynikowy jest poprawnym plikiem LaTeX-a, lecz preambu³a mo¿e wygl±daæ
trochê przera¿aj±co poniewa¿ zawiera kilka definicji u¿ywanych przez LyX-a,
które nie wygl±daj± na utworzone przez cz³owieka.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
DVI
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Plik DVI (skrót od
-\family sans
+\family sans
D
-\family default
+\family default
e
-\family sans
+\family sans
V
-\family default
+\family default
ice
-\family sans
+\family sans
I
-\family default
+\family default
ndependent -- ,,sprzêtowo niezale¿ne'') s± tworzone podczas przetwarzania
Twojego dokumentu przez LaTeX.
Nie ma ¿adnych opcji do ustawienia przez u¿ytkownika.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
PostScript
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nastêpny krokiem w ³añcuchu konwersji jest konwersja pliku DVI do PostScript.
Najczê¶ciej u¿ywanym do tego celu programem jest program
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dvips
-\family default
+\family default
.
Wybrany program nale¿y podaæ w pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
w dyrektywie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
print_command
-\family default
+\family default
.
Argumenty wiersza poleceñ, np.
dla dvips polecenia druku w odwrotnej kolejno¶ci (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-r
-\family default
+\family default
) mo¿na podaæ w dyrektywie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
print_extra_options
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
ASCII
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Eksport do ASCII próbuje zachowaæ ,,kszta³t'' dokumentu jak to mo¿liwe,
ale takie elementy jak centrowanie i wciêcia s± odrzucane, a akapity s±
rozdzielane pustym wierszem.
Numeracja sekcji i odno¶ników jest wykonana poprawnie, tak ¿e w efekcie
plik jest do¶æ przejrzysty.
Jedyn± mo¿liw± do ustawienia jest dyrektywa
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
ascii_linelen
-\family default
+\family default
okre¶laj±ca maksymaln± d³ugo¶æ wiersza pliku ASCII.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
HTML
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dokumenty LyX-a mog± byæ konwertowane do formatu hipertekstowego, zwykle
najpierw dokonywana jest konwersja do LaTeX-a, który konwertuje do formatu
HTML.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Aktualnie s± dostêpne dla LyX-a trzy konwertery LaTeX
\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
HTML:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
tth
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
latex2html
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
hevea
-\family default
+\family default
.
S± one wykrywane automatycznie, jednak mo¿na wymusiæ wybór jednego z nich
dyrektyw± w pliku konfiguracyjnym
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
html_command
-\family default
+\family default
.
W tej dyrektywie mo¿na tak¿e do³±czyæ argumenty wiersza poleceñ.
Czytaj komentarze w pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
, które zawieraj± najbardziej aktualne informacje dotycz±ce szczegó³ów u¿ycia
poszczególnych dyrektyw.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
PDF
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Dekel Tsur
-\noun default
+\noun default
(mostly)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Najszybsz± drog± do tworzenia plików PDF (bez znaczników, linków itp.) w
dowolnej wersji LyX-a jest zapisanie dokumentu w formacie PostScript, a
nastêpnie uruchomienie polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ps2pdf
-\family default
+\family default
.
Pocz±wszy od wersji 1.1.6 dostêpna jest pozycja menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Exportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
PDF
-\family default
+\family default
.
Od wersji 1.1.6 jest to najlepsza droga do uzyskania porz±dnych plików PDF.
Jest trochê k³opotów z czcionkami, na które powiniene¶ uwa¿aæ -- zobacz
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
U¿ycie pdfLaTeX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Korzystaj±c z pdfLaTeX potrzebujesz skonwertowaæ swoje obrazki EPS do formatu
PDF (zobacz
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
) i nie mo¿esz u¿ywaæ pstricks.
Z drugiej strony, korzystaj±c z pdfLaTeX mo¿na wstawiaæ wprost rysunki
w formatach JPEG lub PNG, u¿ywaæ czcionek TrueType i wiele innych.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Dlaczego tekst wygl±da ma³o czytelnie przy podgl±dzie za pomoc± Acrobat
Reader?
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
¬ród³em k³opotów s± czcionki bitmapowe brzydko wy¶wietlane przez Acrobat
Reader.
Podczas tworzenia pliku PDF z pliku LyX-a potrzebujesz czcionek obwiedniowych
zamiast bitmapowych (w rzeczywisto¶ci powiniene¶ tak¿e u¿ywaæ czcionek
obwiedniowych w plikach postscriptowych).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ostatnie dystrybucje LaTeX-a posiadaj± standardowe czcionki CM (Computer
Modern) PostScript Type 1.
PdfLaTeX u¿ywa tych czcionek domy¶lnie.
Dvips nie u¿ywa ich domy¶lnie, dla ich u¿ycia nale¿y dopisaæ do pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
~/.dvipsrc
-\family default
+\family default
nastêpuj±ce wiersze
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
p+ psfonts.cmz
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
p+ psfonts.amz
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li u¿ywane jest domy¶lne kodowanie LaTeX-a (OT1), to nie trzeba robiæ
nic wiêcej.
Ale je¶li u¿ywane jest kodowanie T1 to LaTeX u¿ywa nowych czcionek EC,
Rozwi±zaniem jest u¿ycie pakietu ae, który emuluje kodowanie T1 u¿ywaj±c
czcionek CM.
Nale¿y wówczas w preambule dopisaæ
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{ae,aecompl}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Jednak niektórych znaków brakuje w czcionkach CM (np.
eth, thorn) i s± one pobierane z czcionek EC.
Dlatego pobierane s± znaki jako bitmapy.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Uwaga: LyX u¿ywa domy¶lnie kodowania T1.
Je¶li chcesz stosowaæ domy¶lne kodowanie (co nie jest zalecane chyba ¿e
piszesz tylko w jêzyku angielskim), dodaj wiersz
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
font_encoding default
-\family default
+\family default
do pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
~/.lyx/lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Dla sk³adu w jêzyku polskim zaleca siê stosowaæ kodowanie OT4 oraz pakiet
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
polski
-\family default
+\family default
zamiast pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
babel
-\family default
+\family default
.
Pakiet
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
polski
-\family default
+\family default
w³±cza spolonizowane czcionki CM w uk³adzie OT4 zwane
-\family sans
+\family sans
-\family default
+\family default
czcionkami PL.
Czcionki PL wystêpuj± równie¿ w wersji obwiedniowej co rozwi±zuje problemy
z Acrobat Readerem.
Przyp.
t³um.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Alternatyw± jest u¿ycie standardowych czcionek postscriptowych zamiast
czcionek CM.
symboli i musz± byæ u¿yte pmb (poor man's bold, zobacz
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
).
Czcionki postscriptowe tak¿e wygl±daj± inaczej z zestawu czcionek CM.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Podsumowuj±c czcionki postscriptowe i Computer Modern daj± dobre rezultaty
(z kilkoma wyj±tkami).
Decyzja których u¿ywaæ jest kwesti± gustu.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Jak mogê u¿yæ pdfLaTeX z obrazkami w formacie EPS?
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfeps}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
PdfLaTeX nie obs³uguje w³±czania plików EPS, ale obs³uguje w³±czanie plików
PDF.
Je¶li masz dokumenty z w³±czonymi rysunkami EPS, np.
plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo.eps
-\family default
+\family default
, to powiniene¶:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Skonwertuj
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo.eps
-\family default
+\family default
do PDF za pomoc±
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
epstopdf foo.eps
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Kiedy wstawiasz rysunek w dokumencie nie podawaj rozszerzenia nazwy pliku:
na przyk³ad, wstawiaj±c plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo.eps
-\family default
+\family default
wystarczy wpisaæ tylko
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie dialogowym.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Uwaga: W LyX 1.2.0 bêdzie mo¿liwe wstawianie ró¿nych rodzajów rysunków ze
wszystkimi niezbêdnymi transformacjami.
Czê¶ciowo funkcjonalne wstawianie istnieje w wersji 1.1.6, do u¿ycia nale¿y
wpisaæ
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
M-x graphics-insert
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Dlaczego polecenie
-\backslash
+\backslash
boldsymbol{} nie dzia³a gdy u¿ywam pslatex?
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Czcionki PostScript nie posiadaj± symboli pó³grubych.
Rozwi±zaniem jest u¿ycie polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
pmb{}
-\family default
+\family default
(poor man's bold).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jest to mo¿liwe przez przedefiniowanie polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
boldsymbol
-\family default
+\family default
do u¿ycia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
pmb
-\family default
+\family default
przez:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
boldsymbol}[1]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
pmb{#1}}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
w preambule.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Czy jest mo¿liwe zapisanie kodu przetwarzanego tylko przez pdfLaTeX-a?
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tak.
Oto przyk³ad:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
newif
-\backslash
+\backslash
ifpdf
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
ifx
-\backslash
+\backslash
pdfoutput
-\backslash
+\backslash
undefined
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
pdffalse
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
else
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
pdftrue
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
fi
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
ifpdf
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address)
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
/Title (official title -- i.e., title element)
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
/Subject (one line description of the document)
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone)
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
% /OpenAction (fitbh)
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
else
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
fi
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Eksport u¿ytkownika
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Eksport u¿ytkownika jest mo¿liwy je¶li masz dziwny format do którego chcesz
konwertowaæ, zak³adaj±c, ¿e masz odpowiedni konwerter.
Format pliku wej¶ciowego jest podany w dyrektywie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
custom_export_format
-\family default
+\family default
.
LyX bêdzie automatycznie konwertowa³ plik do tego miejsca, a wtedy zostanie
on przekazany do Twojego konwertera.
Mo¿liwymi warto¶ciami s±:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyx
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dvi
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
tex
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ps
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ascii
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenie wywo³ania konwertera jest podane w dyrektywie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
custom_export_command
-\family default
+\family default
.
To powinno byæ kompletne polecenie wiersza poleceñ, które wykorzystuje
zmienn± ¶rodowiska
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$FNAME
-\family default
+\family default
do przekazania nazwy pliku g³ównego.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿e bêdziesz musia³ trochê poprawiæ podan± sekwencjê, dla zgodno¶ci z twoj±
pow³ok±.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Omawiany sposób eksportu ustawia siê w domy¶lnym lokalnym pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
.
Gdy wybierzesz polecenie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
C
-\bar default
+\bar default
ustom
-\family default
+\family default
, pojawi siê okno, w którym mo¿na zmieniæ dowoln± warto¶æ.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Pe³ny opis reLyX
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Synopsis
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Najprostszym sposobem u¿ycia reLyX-a jest u¿ycie polecenia
-\family sans
+\family sans
Plik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Importuj
-\family default
+\family default
(polecenie jest dostêpne w LyX-ie pocz±wszy od wersji 1.0.0).
Polecenie uruchamia reLyX i podaje mu plik wej¶ciowy, a nastêpnie wczytuje
rezultat do LyX-a.
Ten sposób powiniene¶ spróbowaæ jako pierwszy, a korzystaæ z wywo³ania
z wiersza poleceñ tylko, je¶li potrzebujesz bardziej skomplikowanych opcji.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
+\series bold
reLyX
-\series default
+\series default
[
-\series bold
+\series bold
-c
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
textclass
-\shape default
+\shape default
] [
-\series bold
+\series bold
-df
-\series default
+\series default
] [
-\series bold
+\series bold
-o
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
outputdir
-\shape default
+\shape default
] [
-\series bold
+\series bold
-r
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
renv1
-\shape default
+\shape default
[,
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
renv2
-\shape default
+\shape default
...]] [
-\series bold
+\series bold
-s
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
sfile1
-\shape default
+\shape default
[,
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
sfile2
-\shape default
+\shape default
...]]
-\emph on
+\emph on
inputfile
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
+\series bold
reLyX -p -c
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
textclass
-\shape default
+\shape default
[
-\series bold
+\series bold
-df
-\series default
+\series default
] [
-\series bold
+\series bold
-o
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
outputdir
-\shape default
+\shape default
] [
-\series bold
+\series bold
-r
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
renv1
-\shape default
+\shape default
[,
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
renv2
-\shape default
+\shape default
...]] [
-\series bold
+\series bold
-s
-\series default
-\shape italic
+\series default
+\shape italic
sfile1
-\shape default
+\shape default
[,
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
sfile2
-\shape default
+\shape default
...]]
-\emph on
+\emph on
inputfiles
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
+\series bold
reLyX -h
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Opcje
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-c Klasa (class).
Domy¶lnie, gdy reLyX zobaczy polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
, tworzy plik klasy ,,foo'' i wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a dla tej klasy (zwykle
/usr/share/lyx/layouts/foo.layout lub
-\series bold
+\series bold
~
-\series default
+\series default
/.lyx/layouts/foo.layout).
U¿yj opcji
-\series bold
+\series bold
-c
-\series default
+\series default
aby zadeklarowaæ inn± klasê dokumentu (i wczytaæ inny plik uk³adu).
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-d Diagnostyka (debug).
Domy¶lnie, reLyX rzadko daje wyj¶cie i usuwa pliki tymczasowe utworzone
podczas konwersji.
U¿ycie parametru
-\series bold
+\series bold
-d
-\series default
+\series default
utworzy wiele wiêcej informacji wyj¶ciowych (do stdout i stderr) i pozostawia
pliki tymczasowe.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-f (force).
reLyX nie uruchamia siê je¶li plik .lyx, który ma zostaæ utworzony istnieje.
U¿yj (ostro¿nie) opcji
-\series bold
+\series bold
-f
-\series default
+\series default
aby zast±piæ istniej±ce pliki.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-h Pomoc (help).
Drukuje informacje o sposobie u¿ycia i koñczy pracê.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-o Katalog wyj¶ciowy (output directory).
W przypadku u¿ycia tej opcji, wszystkie pliki tymczasowe i wyj¶ciowe LyX-a
(dla podanego pliku wej¶ciowego lub dla dowolnych plików czê¶ciowych podanych
z parametrem
-\series bold
+\series bold
-p
-\series default
+\series default
) zostan± umieszczone w katalogu
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
outputdir
-\shape default
+\shape default
.
W innym przypadku, dla ka¿dego pliku
-\emph on
+\emph on
dir/foo.tex
-\emph default
+\emph default
, pliki tymczasowe i pliki wyj¶ciowe LyX-a zostan± umieszczone w katalogu
-\emph on
+\emph on
dir
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
To mo¿e byæ u¿yteczne je¶li w³±czasz pliki z innych katalogów, a które
chcesz umie¶ciæ we wspólnym folderze lub nie masz praw zapisu w ich folderach
¼ród³owych.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-p Plik czê¶ciowy (partial).
Wej¶ciem jest fragment pliku LaTeX-a bez preambu³y lub bez polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{document}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Ta opcja wymaga parametru
-\series bold
+\series bold
-c
-\series default
+\series default
, poniewa¿ plik ¼ród³owy nie posiada preambu³y z deklaracj± klasy:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
.
Gdy u¿ywasz tej opcji, to mo¿esz konwertowaæ wiêcej ni¿ jeden plik, dopóki
wszystkie pliki s± tej samej klasy.
Pliki LyX-a utworzone przez reLyX mog± byæ do³±czane do istniej±cych plików
LyX-a za pomoc± polecenia
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wstaw\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Do³±cz Plik
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-r ¦rodowiska regularne (regular environments) (zobacz sekcjê
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
Pliki sk³adni
-\shape default
+\shape default
).
Je¶li podajesz wiêcej ni¿ jedno ¶rodowisko, to rozdzielaj je przecinkiem
(bez spacji).
szczególnie gdy umie¶ci³e¶ na li¶cie ¶rodowiska z gwiazdk± (foo*).
Je¶li czêsto u¿ywasz tego parametru, to rozwa¿ utworzenie osobistego pliku
sk³adni.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-s Plik sk³adni (syntax file).
Dodatkowe pliki sk³adni (umieszczaj w cudzys³owie, rozdzielaj przecinkiem)
do wczytania (zobacz sekcjê
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
Pliki sk³adni
-\shape default
+\shape default
aby poznaæ szczegó³y).
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Opis
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX tworzy plik LyX-a
-\emph on
+\emph on
dir/foo.lyx
-\emph default
+\emph default
na podstawie pliku LaTeX-a
-\emph on
+\emph on
dir/foo.tex
-\emph default
+\emph default
(je¶li nie podano opcji
-\series bold
+\series bold
-o
-\series default
+\series default
).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Rozszerzenia plików .tex, .ltx i .latex s± obs³ugiwane.
Je¶li
-\emph on
+\emph on
plikwejsciowy
-\emph default
+\emph default
nie istnieje lub nie posiada ¿adnego z podanych rozszerzeñ, to reLyX próbuje
wczytaæ
-\emph on
+\emph on
plikwejsciowy.tex
-\emph default
+\emph default
(zachowuje siê podobnie jak LaTeX.)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przeznaczeniem reLyX jest translacja
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
dobrze zachowuj±ca
-\shape default
+\shape default
z LaTeX2e do LyX-a.
Je¶li twój plik LaTeX nie kompiluje siê lub robi dziwne rzeczy, jak przedefinio
wywanie standardowych poleceñ LaTeX -- it may choke.
Pliki LaTeX209 s± konwertowane poprawnie, ale bez gwarancji.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX ma kilka b³êdów i brak mu kilku funkcji.
Jednak g³ównymi celami s±:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Uporaæ siê z plikiem LaTeX2e bez upadku,
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Translacja wielu takich plików,
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Lokalizacja czê¶ci, które nie mog± byæ t³umaczone i kopiowanie ich w trybie
TeX.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Te g³ówne cele s± osi±gane dla wiêkszo¶ci plików.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Istnieje wiele ulepszeñ, które mog± byæ i bêd± wprowadzone do reLyX-a w
przysz³o¶ci.
Jednak, my chcemy korzystaæ z reLyX jak najwcze¶niej, aby u³atwiæ nowym
u¿ytkownikom LyX wczytywanie ich istniej±cych plików LaTeX-a.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
U¿ycie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tutaj znajduje siê d³u¿szy opis co powiniene¶ zrobiæ, aby skonwertowaæ dokument
LaTeX do dokumentu LyX-a.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Uruchom reLyX.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX bêdzie informowa³ Ciebie o postêpach i wysy³a³ ostrze¿enia do stderr,
je¶li nie chcesz ¿adnych informacji spróbuj ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX foo.tex > /dev/null
-\family default
+\family default
''.
Nie powiniene¶ przekierowywaæ standardowego wyj¶cia do
-\emph on
+\emph on
foo.lyx
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Uruchom LyX (wersja 0.12 lub pó¼niejsza) z wynikowym plikiem .lyx.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Teoretycznie wiêkszo¶æ pliku zostanie przet³umaczona, a je¶li co¶ nie zostanie
przet³umaczone, to zostanie zaznaczone na czerwono (tryb TeX).
Teoretycznie LyX potrafi wczytaæ plik i utworzyæ dokument na jego podstawie,
Niestety rzeczywisto¶æ nie zawsze jest odzwierciedla teoriê.
Je¶li reLyX przewraca siê lub LyX nie potrafi wczytaæ utworzonego pliku
zobacz wpis
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
BUGS
-\family default
+\family default
gdzie¶ w tym dokumencie lub w pliku
-\emph on
+\emph on
BUGS
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Zmieñ pod¶wietlone na czerwono (tryb TeX) rzeczy rêcznie w LyX-ie.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Jak wspomnia³em powy¿ej, powiniene¶ móc wydrukowaæ plik LyX bez robienia
tego.
Jednak zmiany poleceñ z trybu TeX na odpowiednie obiekty LyX-a pozwol±
na bardziej zaawansowan± edycjê w trybie WYSIWYM.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX nie gwarantuje utworzenia pliku LyX, który utworzy dok³adnie identyczny
wydruk jak z pliku LaTeX, ale powinien byæ zbli¿ony.
reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that
dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
evil red text
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and less WYSIWYM.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Dokonaj KOREKTY dokumentu!
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important
after translating a LaTeX document.
reLyX is, at least now, better at
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
macro-translating
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
(translating the whole document) than
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
micro-translating
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
(translating every little detail).
For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces.
Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Co reLyX mo¿e przechwyciæ
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX rozumie wiele poleceñ LaTeX-a.
Zostan± skonwertowane:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
zwyk³y tekst, w³±czaj±c minipolecenia takie jak: ~, '',
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
@
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
TeX
-\family default
+\family default
, a tak¿e akcentowane znaki takie jak
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
'{a}
-\family default
+\family default
i przypadki specjalne ?` i !`
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
polecenia strony tytu³owej takie jak
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
author
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
date
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
title
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
thanks
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
abstract
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
polecenia struktury tekstu takie jak
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
section
-\family default
+\family default
w³±czaj±c polecenia z gwiazdk± (np.
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
section*
-\family default
+\family default
)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¦rodowiska:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
quote
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
quotation
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
verse
-\family default
+\family default
;
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
center
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
flushright
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
flushleft
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¦rodowiska:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
itemize
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
enumerate
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
description
-\family default
+\family default
oraz ich polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
item
-\family default
+\family default
.
Równie¿ zagnie¿d¿one listy
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
polecenia odno¶ników:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
ref
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
pageref
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
label
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cite
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
footnote
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
margin
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
polecenia zmiany czcionki w³±czaj±c
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
em
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
emph
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
textit
-\family default
+\family default
i odpowiednie polecenia do zmiany rodziny, grubo¶ci, odmiany i wielko¶ci
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
input{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
(lub
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
input{foo.blah}
-\family default
+\family default
) i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
include{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
.
Polecenia Plain TeX
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
input
-\family default
+\family default
(,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
input foo.tex
-\family default
+\family default
'') s± równie¿ obs³ugiwane
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¦rodowisko
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
tabular
-\family default
+\family default
i jego polecenia takie jak
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
hline
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
cline
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
multicolumn
-\family default
+\family default
(ale zobacz dalej)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¶rodowiska wstawek
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
table
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
table*
-\family default
+\family default
, a tak¿e polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
caption
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¶rodowisko
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
thebibliography
-\family default
+\family default
i polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bibitem
-\family default
+\family default
, a tak¿e polecenia BibTeX-a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bibliography
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bibliographystyle
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
ró¿ne polecenia:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
hfill
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
noindent
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
ldots
-\family default
+\family default
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¶rodowiska specyficzne dla klasy dokumentu (i trochê poleceñ), które mog±
byæ konwertowane do pliku uk³adu LyX-a
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
argumenty pewnych niekonwertowalnych poleceñ (np.
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
mbox
-\family default
+\family default
)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Niektóre z nich mog± nie byæ jeszcze wspierane w 100%.
Zobacz poni¿ej szczegó³y
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX kopiuje matematykê (prawie) wprost z twojego pliku LaTeX-a.
Szczê¶liwie wczytuje matematykê LaTeX-a (prawie), która jest obs³ugiwana
przez LyX-a i dzia³a ¶wietnie.
Niektóre polecenia matematyczne, które nie s± obs³ugiwane przez LyX-a zostan±
zast±pione ich ekwiwalentami, np.
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
to
-\family default
+\family default
bêdzie skonwertowane do
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
rightarrow
-\family default
+\family default
.
Zobacz sekcjê
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
Pliki sk³adni
-\shape default
+\shape default
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX tak¿e kopiuje polecenia preambu³y (np.
cokolwiek przed
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{document}
-\family default
+\family default
), so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved in dvi
and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in the LyX
window.
Sprawd¼
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
F
-\bar default
+\bar default
ormatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preambu³a
-\family default
+\family default
aby byæ pewnym.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Czego reLyX nie mo¿e przechwyciæ -- ale jest OK
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Rysunki i tabele
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
tabular*
-\family default
+\family default
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
ministrony
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
polecenia odstêpów (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
vspace
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
pagebreak
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
par
-\family default
+\family default
)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
centering
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
raggedleft
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
raggedright
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¶rodowiska
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
verb
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
verbatim
-\family default
+\family default
.
reLyX kopiuje je ostro¿nie i
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
dok³adnie
-\shape default
+\shape default
, w³±czaj±c komentarze i bia³e spacje.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
nieznane (np.
utworzone przez u¿ytkownika) ¶rodowiska i polecenia
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX kopiuje nieznane polecenia wraz z ich argumentami dos³ownie do pliku
LyX-a.
Ponadto, je¶li zobaczy
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
gdzie nie rozpozna ¶rodowiska ,,foo'', skopiuje dos³ownie a¿ do
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
(bez u¿ycia parametru
-\series bold
+\series bold
-r
-\series default
+\series default
).
Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break;
they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file
up in LyX.
That should be less painful than editing either the .tex or the .lyx file
using a text editor.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Co reLyX przechwytuje niepoprawnie -- s± b³êdy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX jest wzglêdnie nowy i ma kilka problemów.
As it matures, these bugs will be squished.
Listê b³êdów i brakuj±cych cech mo¿na znale¼æ w LyX bug tracker
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
If reLyX is choking on something lub LyX nie potrafi wczytaæ go po konwersji
przez reLyX, to najlepsz± rzecz± do zrobienia jest wstawienie poleceñ
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{reLyXskip}
-\family default
+\family default
przed podejrzany tekst i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{reLyXskip}
-\family default
+\family default
po nim.
Ja nazywam to ,,skip'' blok.
reLyX bêdzie kopiowa³ ten blok dok³adnie w trybie TeX.
Nastêpnie wyedytuj wynikowy plik LyX i przet³umacz nieznane rzeczy rêcznie.
¦rodowisko
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyXskip
-\family default
+\family default
jest magiczne; polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end
-\family default
+\family default
nie bêd± wstawione do pliku LyX.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
,,Dok³adne'' kopiowanie nieznanych ¶rodowisk i poleceñ nie jest zupe³nie
dok³adne.
Wyszczególniaj±c, komentarze i nowe wiersze mog± zostaæ utracone.
Mimo to, pewne czê¶ci pliku bêd± kopiowane perfekcyjnie z bia³ymi spacjami
i komentarzami w³±cznie.
W³±czaj±c w to: preambu³ê LaTeX-a, ¶rodowisko
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
verbatim
-\family default
+\family default
, polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
verb
-\family default
+\family default
i blok skip.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
reLyX konwertuje tylko kilka opcji polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
(Wyszczególniaj±c: 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]s
ide, landscape i [one|two]column.) Inne opcje s± umieszczane w polu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Opcje dodatkowe
-\family default
+\family default
w oknie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
F
-\bar default
+\bar default
ormatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
D
-\bar default
+\bar default
okument
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Co wa¿niejsze, reLyX nie t³umaczy polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage
-\family default
+\family default
, poleceñ marginesów,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
newcommand
-\family default
+\family default
, w rzeczywisto¶ci niczego w preambule.
Po prostu kopiuje je do preambu³y LaTeX w dokumencie LyX-a.
Je¶li masz polecenie marginesu w preambule, to plik LyX-a bêdzie generowa³
prawy margines.
jednak te marginesy bêd± zast±pione prze marginesy ustawione w oknie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
S
-\bar default
+\bar default
tyl dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
zak³adka
-\family sans
+\family sans
Papier
-\family default
+\family default
.
Tak ¿e powiniene¶ usun±æ te opcje z preambu³y (
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
F
-\bar default
+\bar default
ormatowanie-Preambu³a
-\family default
+\family default
) aby siê zabezpieczyæ.
Podobnie dzieje siê z wyborem jêzyka przez babel,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
inputencoding
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
pagestyle
-\family default
+\family default
, itp.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Klasa foil ma parê b³êdów.
reLyX may do weird things z opcjonalnymi argumentami polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
foilhead
-\family default
+\family default
.
Tak¿e ¶rodowisko
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{dinglist}
-\family default
+\family default
mo¿e byæ obs³u¿one niepoprawnie (although the stuff in the environment
should translate normally).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wiêcej znacz±cych b³êdów mo¿esz znale¼æ w pliku
-\emph on
+\emph on
BUGS
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX is hopefully rather robust.
Jak wspomnia³em powy¿ej, mo¿e on nie konwertowaæ twojego pliku perfekcyjnie,
ale nie powinien siê przewracaæ.
Je¶li jednak siê przewraca -- i problemem nie jest jednym ze wspomnianych
powy¿ej lub w pliku
-\emph on
+\emph on
BUGS
-\emph default
+\emph default
-- zobacz sekcjê
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
Zg³aszanie b³êdów
-\shape default
+\shape default
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Czego reLyX nie potrafi przechwyciæ
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX wewnêtrznie nie obs³uguje paru rzeczy, tak ¿e gdyby reLyX przet³umaczy³
to perfekcyjnie, LyX mia³by problem wczytaæ je.
Je¶li na pewno potrzebujesz tych cech, to mo¿esz po ukoñczeniu pracy nad
dokumentem wyeksportowaæ go do LaTeX-a i wstawiæ je tam z powrotem.
Zobacz
-\emph on
+\emph on
B³êdy
-\emph default
+\emph default
aby poznaæ wiêcej szczegó³ów odno¶nie b³êdów.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Dla kilku poleceñ LyX nie obs³uguje argumentów opcjonalnych.
Na przyk³ad zawartych w
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
sqrt
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
chapter
-\family default
+\family default
(i inne polecenia struktury tekstu) i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\family default
+\family default
.
reLyX bêdzie automatycznie pomija³ opcjonalne argumenty i wysy³a³ ostrze¿enie
do stdout.
LyX tak¿e ignoruje argument width w ¶rodowisku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
thebibliography
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
¦rodkowanie (lub wyrównanie do lewej lub prawej) dzia³a na pe³nych akapitach.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Obs³uga tabel przez LyX-a nie jest perfekcyjna.
Dla skomplikowanych tabel u¿yj bloku ,,skip'', tak ¿e one zostan± skopiowane
w trybie TeX-a.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Edytor wyra¿eñ matematycznych LyX-a nie obs³uguje ¶rodowisk AMS-LaTeX takich
jak align, split itd.
Te ¶rodowiska zostan± skopiowane w trybie TeX.
Mo¿esz zmieniæ ¶rodowisko
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
equation*
-\family default
+\family default
do dok³adnego odpowiednika
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
displaymath
-\family default
+\family default
, a wówczas konwersja bêdzie poprawna.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Przysz³o¶æ reLyX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W przysz³o¶ci wiêcej poleceñ i ¶rodowisk bêdzie obs³ugiwanych przez reLyX.
B³êdy zostan± wyeliminowane.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zobacz plik TODO dla poznania szczegó³ów.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przyk³ad
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
reLyX -df -o
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
my/dir
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-r
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
myenv
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
foo.tex > foo.debug
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Powy¿sze polecenie utworzy plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
my/dir/foo.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
na podstawie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo.tex
-\family default
+\family default
, zastêpuj±c istniej±cy je¶li istnieje.
Gdy napotka blok
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{myenv} ...
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{myenv}
-\family default
+\family default
, skonwertuje zawarto¶æ bloku, ale polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end
-\family default
+\family default
skopiuje w trybie TeX-a.
Koñcz±c, zachowa pliki tymczasowe (znajduj± siê one w
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
my/dir/
-\family default
+\family default
) i zapisze du¿o informacji diagnostycznych do pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
foo.debug
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Uwagi
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Zg³aszanie b³êdów
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than
those described in the section on
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
BUGS
-\shape default
+\shape default
or the
-\emph on
+\emph on
BUGS
-\emph default
+\emph default
file---then please run reLyX
-\series bold
+\series bold
-d
-\series default
+\series default
.
That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed.
That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will
allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list.
Its address is currently lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org, but you can check the LyX
home page, http://www.lyx.org if that bounces.
of the LaTeX file it crashed on.
Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same
problem as your original file.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Szczegó³y implementacji
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX wykonuje kilka ,,przebiegów'' w celu konwersji pliku LaTeX-a.
W ka¿dym przebiegu tworzony jest jeden lub dwa pliku.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Przebieg\SpecialChar ~
-0 \SpecialChar ~
+\begin_layout Description
+Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
+0 \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Zanim zrobi cokolwiek, wczytuje plik (lub pliki) sk³adni .
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Przebieg\SpecialChar ~
-1a \SpecialChar ~
+\begin_layout Description
+Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
+1a \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Oddziela preambu³ê (cokolwiek przed poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{document}
-\family default
+\family default
) z reszty pliku.
Zapisuje dwie czê¶ci w oddzielnych plikach.
To jest niezbêdne, poniewa¿ w preambule mog± byæ dziwne rzeczy.
Tak¿e ignoruje cokolwiek jest za poleceniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{document}
-\family default
+\family default
, zak³adaj±c ¿e to nie jest LaTeX.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Przebieg\SpecialChar ~
-1b \SpecialChar ~
+\begin_layout Description
+Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
+1b \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Konwertuje preambu³ê.
Aktualnie oznacza to konwersjê polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
documentclass
-\family default
+\family default
i dok³adne skopiowanie reszty do preambu³y LyX-e.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Jak pozna klasê dokumentu, to wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a dla tej klasy.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Przebieg\SpecialChar ~
-2 \SpecialChar ~
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
+2 \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
,,Czy¶ci'' plik TeX, generuj±c nieznacznie dok³adniej LaTeX-a.
W to wchodzi:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
Zamiana, np: x^2 na ekwiwalent, ale przejrzystszy x^{2}
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Usuwa opcjonalne argumenty, których LyX nie obs³uguje (np.
z
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
sqrt
-\family default
+\family default
)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Zamienia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
{
-\backslash
+\backslash
em foo}
-\family default
+\family default
na
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
emph{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
, itd.
To jest konieczne, poniewa¿ w innym wypadku LyX zawsze zapisuje jako nielokalne.
This should very rarely make a difference.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Przebieg\SpecialChar ~
-3 \SpecialChar ~
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
+3 \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Konwertuje tekst LaTeX-a, polecenia i ¶rodowiska do LyX-a.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
-Przebieg\SpecialChar ~
-4 \SpecialChar ~
+\begin_layout Description
+Przebieg\InsetSpace ~
+4 \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
-Sk³ada obie czê¶ci razem i wykonuje some final tweaking, aby utworzyæ plik
- LyX.
-\layout Standard
+\newline
+Sk³ada obie czê¶ci razem i wykonuje some final tweaking, aby utworzyæ
+ plik LyX.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li s± jakie¶ polecenia
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
input
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
include
-\family default
+\family default
, reLyX zacznie przetwarzaæ tak¿e do³±czane pliki.
Zak³ada on, ¿e do³±czane pliki s± tej samej klasy co dokument g³ówny i
nie posiadaj± preambu³y.
(Je¶li ma polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
input
-\family default
+\family default
w preambule pliku, to polecenia zostan± dok³adnie skopiowane do LaTeX-owej
czê¶ci preambu³y pliku LyX, a do³±czane pliki nie bêd± konwertowane).
Podczas konwersji do³±czonych plików pomijany jest przebieg 0 i 1.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li reLyX nie znajdzie plików, które chcia³e¶ do³±czyæ, wy¶le Ci ostrze¿enie
ale bêdzie kontynuowa³ konwersjê pozosta³ych znalezionych plików.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Pliki szablonów
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX wczytuje plik uk³adu LyX-a aby wiedzieæ jak obs³ugiwaæ ¶rodowiska
LaTeX-a i polecenia, które bêd± konwertowane do uk³adu LyX-a.
Ten plik do³±cza wszystkie ,,normalne'' niematematyczne ¶rodowiska (np.
w³±czaj±c w to quote i itemize, ale nie tabular, minipage i kilka ¶rodowisk
fancy) i polecenia takie jak
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
section
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
title
-\family default
+\family default
.
je¶li chcesz konwertowaæ reLyX-em klasê, dla której nie istniej plik uk³adu
LyX-a, to bêdziesz musia³ najpierw go utworzyæ.
lub ³atwe, w zale¿no¶ci od klasy, dla której chcesz utworzyæ plik uk³adu).
je¶li Twoja klasa jest zupe³nie podobna do klasy, dla której istnieje plik
uk³adu, to rozwa¿ u¿ycie opcji
-\series bold
+\series bold
-c
-\series default
+\series default
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Pliki sk³adni
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX zawsze wczytuje co najmniej jeden plik sk³adni, zwany domy¶lnym plikiem
sk³adni.
reLyX wczytuje twój osobisty plik sk³adni je¶li istnieje, je¶li nie istnieje
to wczytuje plik systemowy.
reLyX wczytuje tak¿e dodatkowe pliki sk³adni wyspecyfikowane w opcji
-\series bold
+\series bold
-s
-\series default
+\series default
(These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but
will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands
not found in the default file).
A syntax file tells reLyX a few things.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required
arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes.
Knowing this makes it easier for reLyX to copy (in TeX mode) commands that
The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing
its arguments in the correct order.
For example, a syntax file entry
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bibitem[]{}
-\family default
+\family default
means that the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bibitem
-\family default
+\family default
command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the
entry
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bf
-\family default
+\family default
means that the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bf
-\family default
+\family default
command takes no arguments at all.
When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into
LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac
This means that it may copy too much.
But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't
happen often.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
mbox
-\family default
+\family default
, have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text.
If the string
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
translate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file,
then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim.
So, for example, the default syntax file has
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
raisebox{}[][]{translate}
-\family default
+\family default
.
This means that the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
raisebox
-\family default
+\family default
command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are
copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated
LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX.
You can't use
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
translate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
on optional arguments.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax,
or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default
syntax file.
(E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...)
However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode.
Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
item
-\family default
+\family default
) have their argument syntax hard-coded.
The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Second, the syntax file describes any
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
regular environments
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode.
If you define a regular environment
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
foo
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, though, then only the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{foo}
-\family default
+\family default
commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will
be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being
copied into TeX mode.
Don't try to declare
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
tabbing
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
picture
-\family default
+\family default
as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse
reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain
text or math or simple commands in them.
You also can't declare unknown math environments (like
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
equation*
-\family default
+\family default
) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand
them.
The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{reLyXre}
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{reLyXre}
-\family default
+\family default
statements in the syntax file.
(If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you
can use the
-\series bold
+\series bold
-r
-\series default
+\series default
option rather than writing a syntax file.)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table.
The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands.
For example,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
_
-\family default
+\family default
is supported, but the equivalent
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
sb
-\family default
+\family default
is not.
Put any commands you'd like translate between
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{reLyXmt}
-\family default
+\family default
and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{reLyXmt}
-\family default
+\family default
statements.
The statement
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
| {
-\backslash
+\backslash
Vert}
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
means that any
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
|
-\family default
+\family default
in math mode will be converted to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
Vert
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
(in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated
to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX.
That way,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
|a
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
is correctly translated to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
Vert a
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
).
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Ró¿ne
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Potrzebujesz Perl-a 5.002 lub nowszego do uruchomienia reLyX-a.
Je¶li nie masz Perl-a to powiniene¶ go ¶ci±gn±æ (
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
url{http://www.perl.com}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
), poniewa¿ jest rzeczywi¶cie u¿ytecznym narzêdziem do bardzo wielu rzeczy.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Diagnostyka
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX powinien zawsze wyja¶niæ dlaczego nie powiod³o siê t³umaczenie, je¶li
siê nie powiod³o.
Niektóre komunikaty diagnostyczne mog± byæ bardzo techniczne, je¶li pochodz±
one z wnêtrza kodu.
reLyX daje znacznie wiêcej informacji gdy zostanie uruchomiony z opcj±
-\series bold
+\series bold
-d
-\series default
+\series default
, ale nie powiniene¶ tego potrzebowaæ je¶li nic z³ego siê nie zdarzy³o.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Gdy zakoñczy pracê, reLyX bêdzie Ciê informowa³ o pomy¶lnym zakoñczeniu
lub o b³êdzie, który spowodowa³ przerwanie przetwarzania.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Ostrze¿enia
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zawsze zachowaj kopiê oryginalnego pliku LaTeX-a pod inn± nazw± lub w innym
katalogu.
Istnieje kilka sposobów, w których u¿ycie LyX-a prowadzi do nadpisania
oryginalnego pliku LaTeX-a.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li importujesz plik foo.tex utworzysz foo.lyx, nastêpnie edytujesz plik
foo.lyx i chcesz ponownie wyeksportowaæ go, to zauwa¿, ¿e zast±pisz oryginalny
plik foo.tex (LyX zapyta ciê czy chcesz zast±piæ go).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li ustawi³e¶ zmienn±
-\backslash
+\backslash
use_tempdir na false w swoim pliku lyxrc, wówczas LyX utworzy pliki tymczasowe
w twoim lokalnym katalogu, co oznacza, ¿e Twój oryginalny plik LaTeX mo¿e
zostaæ zast±piony (bez ostrze¿enia ze strony LyX) gdy wykonasz podgl±d
lub wydruk dokumentu LyX-a.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Pliki
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\emph on
+\emph on
MY_LYXDIR
-\emph default
-/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~
+\emph default
+/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Osobiste pliki uk³adów dokumentów
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\emph on
+\emph on
MY_LYXDIR
-\emph default
-/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~
+\emph default
+/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Osobisty plik sk³adni
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\emph on
+\emph on
LIBDIR
-\emph default
-/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~
+\emph default
+/layouts/*.layout \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Systemowy pliki uk³adów dokumentów
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\emph on
+\emph on
LIBDIR
-\emph default
-/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~
+\emph default
+/reLyX/syntax.default \InsetSpace ~
-\newline
+\newline
Systemowy plik sk³adni LaTeX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\emph on
+\emph on
LIBDIR
-\emph default
+\emph default
jest katalogiem instalacyjnym LyX, czêsto /usr/local/share/lyx/.
-\emph on
+\emph on
MY_LYXDIR
-\emph default
+\emph default
jest osobistym katalogiem LyX-a, zwykle nazywa siê .lyx/ i znajduje siê
w Twoim katalogu domowym.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zobacz tak¿e
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
lyx
-\shape default
+\shape default
(1),
-\shape italic
+\shape italic
latex
-\shape default
+\shape default
(1)
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Autorzy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Copyright (c) 1998-9 Amir Karger (karger@voth.chem.utah.edu)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wspó³twórcy kodu:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
John Weiss napisa³ oryginalny CleanTeX pass.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Etienne Grossmann
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Jos\i \'{e}
Ab\i \'{\i}
lio Oliveira Matos
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
David Suarez de Lis
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Inni wspó³pracownicy:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Jean-Marc Lasgouttes worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug
reports, advice, and feature suggestions.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Asger K.
Alstrup Nielsen i Marc Pavese doradzaj±cy.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Ró¿ni cz³onkowie list dyskusyjnych LyX developers' i users' dostarczaj±cy
raporty o b³êdach i sugerowanie nowych cech.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
reLyX u¿ywa zmodyfikowanej wersji Perl-owego parsera TeX -- pakiet Text::TeX
napisanego przez Ilya Zakharevich (ilya@math.ohio-state.edu), dostêpnego
na CPAN.
-\layout Chapter
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
Funkcje LyX-a wymagaj±ce zewnêtrznych programów
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Zastosowanie LyX-a z SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Paul Evans
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LinuxDoc jest klas± dokumentu dostêpn± w LyX-ie.
Mo¿esz jej u¿yæ do wydania dokumentu zwanego Standardized General Mark-up
Language (SGML) w specyficznym formacie stosowanym w Linux Documentation
Project.
Jest to oczywi¶cie pomoc je¶li wspó³pracujesz przy projekcie.
Mo¿esz u¿yæ formatu SGML z pakietem (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
sgml-tools
-\family default
+\family default
) skryptów i programów (do tworzenia innych formatów, w³±czaj±c LaTeX, HTML,
zwyk³y tekst, podrêczniki man i \SpecialChar \ldots{}
).
Zatem mo¿esz preferowaæ u¿ycie tej klasy dokumentu je¶li chcesz pisaæ dokumenty
z mo¿liwo¶ci± ³atwego przenoszenia do innych formatów.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Klasa LinuxDoc posiada mniej opcji uk³adu ni¿ inne klasy LyX-a.
G³ównie dlatego, ¿e translacja do innego formatu ma wówczas szanse na bardziej
sensownie wykonanie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W tej sekcji opisujemy:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
jak skonfigurowaæ i u¿yæ dokument w LinuxDoc
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
jak u¿ywaæ znaczników LinuxDoc w uk³adzie Twojego dokumentu
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
jak u¿ywaæ pakietu SGML do tworzenia ró¿nych formatów
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
how to sort out some problems.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przygotowanie i u¿ycie dokumentów LinuxDoc
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Zaczynamy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zaczynamy od wyboru klasy LinuxDoc w oknie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Styl Dokumentu
-\family default
+\family default
.
¦rodowisk jest mniej ni¿ w wielu innych klasach.
Mo¿esz je zobaczyæ na rozwijalnej li¶cie po lewej stronie paska narzêdzi.
- Jak je u¿ywaæ opisano w\SpecialChar ~
+ Jak je u¿ywaæ opisano w\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\emph on
+\emph on
Musisz
-\emph default
+\emph default
wpisaæ tytu³ dokumentu, a nastêpnie autora, wybieraj±c dla ka¿dego wpisu
odpowiednie ¶rodowisko.
Je¶li tego nie zrobisz, to pojawi± siê b³êdy przy próbie wydruku.
Mo¿esz wpisaæ datê i streszczenie.
W³a¶ciwy dokument powinien zaczynaæ siê ¶rodowiskiem
-\family sans
+\family sans
Section
-\family default
+\family default
ni¿
-\family sans
+\family sans
Standard
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nastêpnie mo¿esz przygotowaæ dokument jak zwykle korzystaj±c ze ¶rodowisk.
- Zobacz sekcjê\SpecialChar ~
+ Zobacz sekcjê\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
z pe³n± ich list± i zastosowaniem.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Wydruk z LinuxDoc
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Dokument mo¿esz drukowaæ i zapisywaæ normaln± drog±.
Do u¿ycia innych mo¿liwo¶ci pakietu SGML potrzeba zapisaæ dokument jako
LinuxDoc; to jest format, do którego dokument jest t³umaczony na podstawowy
sgml.
U¿yj polecenia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LinuxDoc.
-\family default
+\family default
Otrzymasz plik o takiej samej nazwie jak dokument z rozszerzeniem
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.sgml
-\family default
+\family default
.
- Zobacz w\SpecialChar ~
+ Zobacz w\InsetSpace ~
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
jak mo¿na wykorzystaæ ten plik.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
U¿ycie ¶rodowisk w LinuxDoc
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Struktura dokumentu LinuxDoc
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Istnieje formalna struktura dla LinuxDoc która ogranicza umieszczanie znaczników.
Wszystkie dokumenty sk³adaj± siê z dwóch czê¶ci:
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Nag³ówek wszystko co znajduje siê przed znacznikiem pierwszej sekcji.
Mo¿esz wstawiæ tytu³, autora, datê, streszczenie i spis tre¶ci, ale dwa
pierwsze znaczniki s± obowi±zkowe.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
Tre¶æ zaczyna siê od pierwszej sekcji.
Dopuszczalne s± wszystkie inne znaczniki.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
¦rodowiska LinuxDoc
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Tutaj znajduje siê lista wszystkich znaczników, które s± dostêpne z menu
rozwijalnego:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Standard:
-\family default
+\family default
dzia³a jak opisano w [cross reference]
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Title
-\family default
+\family default
: Pojawia siê w lewym górnym rogu drukowanego dokumentu, nad grub± poziom±
lini±, której nie zobaczysz na ekranie LyX-a.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family sans
+\family sans
Subparagraph:
-\family default
+\family default
wszystko czego mo¿esz siê spodziewaæ w zwyk³ej kolejno¶ci.
Czy tytularia s± numerowane czy nie mo¿esz ustawiæ w
-\family sans
+\family sans
G³êboko¶ci rozdzia³ów
-\family default
+\family default
(menu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Formatowanie\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Dokument
-\family default
+\family default
zak³adka
-\family sans
+\family sans
Inne
-\family default
+\family default
).
Nie mo¿na korzystaæ z nienumerowanych odpowiedników (
-\family sans
+\family sans
Section*
-\family default
+\family default
itp.) poniewa¿ nie istniej±.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Enumerate:
-\family default
+\family default
Jak zwykle tworzy numerowane listy ze wciêciem opisu, co opisano w
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Itemize:
-\family default
+\family default
Wyliczenie podobne jak w innych klasach, zobacz
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêcznik U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Description
-\family default
+\family default
: Wyja¶niono w
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Pamiêtaj, ¿e je¶li chcesz aby w tytule opisu by³o wiêcej ni¿ jedno s³owo
to musisz je po³±czyæ twardymi spacjami.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Verbatim:
-\family default
+\family default
jak zwykle.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Code: podobnie jak ¶rodowisko LyX-Code
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Author
-\family default
+\family default
: Twój znak, który pojawi siê na lewo od tytu³u dokumentu pod grub± kresk±.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Date:
-\family default
+\family default
Twój znak, który pojawi siê na lewo od tytu³u dokumentu pod grub± kresk±.
You do not have to make this a date.
Mo¿na wstawiæ dowolny tekst, np.
numer wersji.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Abstract
-\family default
+\family default
: Tworzy oddzielny akapit po autorze i dacie, przed pierwsz± sekcj±.
Dopuszczalny jest tylko jeden akapit.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
+status open
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
+\emph on
Uwaga autora.
-\emph default
+\emph default
To trzeba sprawdziæ --
-\emph on
+\emph on
pe.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
Displaymath
-\family default
+\family default
:
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
+status open
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
+\emph on
Uwaga autora:
-\emph default
+\emph default
Jeszcze tego nie sprawdzi³em --
-\emph on
+\emph on
pe.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Inne cechy dokumentu
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz tak¿e u¿ywaæ menu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Character Layout
-\family default
+\family default
do wyboru fontów lub wyró¿nieñ wyrazów.
Tak¿e mo¿esz u¿yæ jak zwykle spis tre¶ci; zobacz odpowiedni± sekcjê w
-\emph on
+\emph on
Podrêczniku U¿ytkownika
-\emph default
+\emph default
.
Oprócz tego znajdziesz tam trochê funkcji menu, np.
przypisy.
Istniej± drobne w±tpliwo¶ci czy to dzia³a poprawnie
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
+status open
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
+\emph on
Author's note:
-\emph default
+\emph default
Again still checking to see whether this is my system
-\emph on
+\emph on
---pe.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Odno¶niki i HTML
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W menu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Wstaw
-\family default
+\family default
mo¿esz znale¼æ dwa polecenia do wstawiania adresów URL.
Je¶li u¿yjesz którego¶ z nich, to zauwa¿ysz kod TeX-a wstawiony do dokumentu
w trzech oddzielnych blokach ze spacjami pomiêdzy nimi.
Oto przyk³ad:
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quote
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
htmlurl{
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
url{
-\family default
+\family default
-\hfill
+\hfill
space
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\hfill
+\hfill
}{
-\family default
+\family default
-\hfill
+\hfill
space
-\hfill
+\hfill
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wstaw pe³ny znacznik HTML pomiêdzy pierwszy i drugi blok.
To mo¿e byæ
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
lub inny poprawny znacznik taki jak
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.
-\family default
+\family default
Mo¿esz wstawiæ opis pomiêdzy drugi i trzeci blok.
Ró¿nice pomiêdzy poleceniami:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
URL:
-\family default
+\family default
w dokumencie pojawi siê znacznik HTML i opis,
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
+\family sans
HTML_URL:
-\family default
+\family default
w drukowanej wersji pojawi siê tylko opis.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
U¿ycie skryptu SGML w LinuxDoc
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Mo¿esz u¿ywaæ LinuxDoc jako klasy tekstowej bez ¿adnych dodatkowych skryptów
czy programów, ale istnieje niewiele powodów do robienia tego.
Wszystko co bêdziesz u¿ywa³ w dokumencie bêdzie wygl±da³o tak jak
-\emph on
+\emph on
Linux Documentation Project Howto
-\family sans
-\emph default
+\family sans
+\emph default
.
-\family default
+\family default
Do t³umaczenia dokumentu potrzebujesz zainstalowanego pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
-\family default
+\family default
(z
\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
) dostêpnego na stronie www SGML-Tools pod adresem
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Alternatywnie, mo¿esz i¶æ do archiwum
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
sunsite
-\family default
+\family default
pod adresem
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed false
-
-\layout Standard
+status open
+\begin_layout Standard
Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools
has not yet been made available at
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
sunsite
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz
-\family default
+\family default
zawiera wszystko co potrzebujesz do pisania dokumentów SGML i konwersji
ich przez groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX i RTF\SpecialChar \@.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ten pakiet zmieni³ nazwê w styczniu 1997 roku z
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zainstaluj i u¿ywaj pakiet zgodnie z instrukcj± w nim zawart±.
Wszystko to musi byæ wykonane poza LyX-em, zanim u¿yjesz polecenia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
LinuxDoc
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Rozwi±zywanie problemów LinuxDoc
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Gdy chcesz drukowaæ lub podejrzeæ dokument LinuxDoc wykonywana jest kontrola
znaczników przed uruchomieniem LaTeX.
Some errors are trapped here, especially those concerning the structure
Musisz zajrzeæ wprost do pliku aby stwierdziæ co jest nie tak.
Wiêkszo¶æ problemów zdaje siê pochodziæ od opcji, które nie s± w pe³ni
dostêpne w tej klasie dokumentu.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Faksowanie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Jürgen Vigna
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wysy³anie faksów wprost z LyX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przede wszystkim musimy wspomnieæ, ¿e LyX potrafi wysy³aæ faksy pod warunkiem,
¿e masz zainstalowane i dzia³aj±ce oprogramowanie do wysy³ania faksów (np.
HylaFax, efax, mgetty+sendfax, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
).
LyX pracuje tylko jako graficzny interfejs (front end) do tych programów!
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W zale¿no¶ci od u¿ywanego oprogramowania faksowego musisz ustawiæ kilka
poleceñ w pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
.
Oto te polecenia:
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
fax_command:
-\family default
+\family default
Tutaj nale¿y podaæ polecenie, które ma wywo³aæ LyX aby wys³aæ faks.
Polecenie powinno byæ zdolne przetworzyæ plik PostScript, wytworzony przez
LyX-a.
£añcuch polecenia mo¿e zawieraæ nastêpuj±ce zmienne:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$Host:
-\family default
+\family default
zastêpuje nazwê zmiennej ¶rodowiska FAX_SERVER
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$Comment:
-\family default
+\family default
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola komentarz
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$Enterprise:
-\family default
+\family default
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola Firma
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$Name:
-\family default
+\family default
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola nazwa
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$Phone:
-\family default
+\family default
zastêpuje zawarto¶æ pola numer faksu
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$FName:
-\family default
+\family default
zastêpuje nazwê pliku, który ma zostaæ wys³any
-\end_deeper
-\layout Paragraph
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Paragraph
Przyk³ady:
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przyjmujemy, ¿e nazwa³e¶ plik ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
newfile.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
'' i chcia³by¶ wys³aæ go wprost do faksu nie opuszczaj±c LyX-a.
Masz zainstalowane oprogramowanie HylaFax i twoja zmienna ¶rodowiska
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
FAX_SERVER
-\family default
+\family default
ma warto¶æ ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
faxhost.mydomain
-\family default
+\family default
'' i poda³e¶ te warto¶ci w oknie faksowania:
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Fax.\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Fax.\InsetSpace ~
no:
-\family default
+\family default
+39-2-444666
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
-Dest.\SpecialChar ~
+\family sans
+Dest.\InsetSpace ~
Name:
-\family default
+\family default
Someone
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
+\family sans
Enterprise:
-\family default
+\family default
Startrek
-\layout List
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout List
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family sans
+\family sans
Comment:
-\family default
+\family default
This comment string
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Z podanymi ni¿ej ustawieniami:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
fax_command
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
sendfax -n -h '$$Host' -c '$$Comment'
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-x '$$Enterprise' -d '$$Name'@'$$Phone' '$$FName'
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
zostanie wykonane polecenie:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
sendfax -n -h faxhost.mydomain -c 'This comment string'
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-x 'Startrek' -d 'Someone'@'+39-2-444666'
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
<tempfile-path>/newfile.ps
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
phone_book:
-\family default
+\family default
Zawiera nazwê pliku ksi±¿ki telefonicznej, któr± mo¿esz utworzyæ w oknie
formularza faksu.
Domy¶ln± warto¶ci± jest
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$HOME/.lyx/phonebook.
-\layout Paragraph
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
Przyk³ady:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
phone_book myphonebook
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
zapisuje i czyta plik ksi±¿ki telefonicznej z pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$HOME/.lyx/myphonebook
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
phone_book /var/lib/phonebook
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
zapisuje i czyta plik ksi±¿ki telefonicznej
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
/var/lib/phonebook
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
fax_program:
-\family default
+\family default
W tym miejscu podajesz program, który LyX wywo³a jako zewnêtrzny program
do wys³ania Twojego faksu (np.
tkhylafax), zamiast wbudowanego formularza faksu.
Dopuszczalna jest tylko zmienna
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
$$FName
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Paragraph
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
Przyk³ady:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
fax_program
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
tkhylafax '$$Fname'
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przy powy¿szych za³o¿eniach zostanie wykonane nastêpuj±ce polecenie:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
tkhylafax <tempfile-path>/newfile.ps
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Check TeX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by Asger
-\noun on
+\noun on
Alstrup
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W menu
-\family sans
+\family sans
Edycja
-\family default
+\family default
mo¿esz znale¼æ polecenie
-\family sans
+\family sans
C
-\bar under
+\bar under
h
-\bar default
-eck\SpecialChar ~
+\bar default
+eck\InsetSpace ~
TeX
-\family default
+\family default
.
Ta funkcja LyX-a wymaga posiadania zainstalowanego zewnêtrznego programu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
chktex
-\family default
+\family default
i jest wygaszone je¶li go nie posiadasz.
Mo¿esz go pobraæ z archiwów CTAN lub z
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pakiet
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
jest programem napisanym przez sfrustrowanego
-\noun on
+\noun on
Jens T.
Berger Thielemann
-\noun default
+\noun default
, poniewa¿ wiele konstrukcji LaTeX-a czasami jest nieintuicyjnych i ³atwych
do zapomnienia.
Program przetwarzaj±c Twój plik LaTeX-a sprawdza integralno¶æ pliku i zaznacza
b³êdy.
W jêzyku technicznym jest to
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Lint
-\family default
+\family default
dla LaTeX-a.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Czy CheckTeX jest kontrolerem sk³adni, którego u¿ycie zapewni poprawne pliki
LateX-a? Odpowied¼ jest prosta: Tak jak
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Lint
-\family default
+\family default
nie tylko sprawdza sk³adniê programów w jêzyku C, semantykê, wy³apuje wiele
typowych b³êdów typograficznych.
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
potrafi wykryæ wiele podstawowych b³êdów, takich jak:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Ellipsis detection:
-\newline
+\newline
Use \SpecialChar \ldots{}
instead of ...
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
No space in front of/after parenthesis:
-\newline
+\newline
( wrong spacing )
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations:
-\newline
+\newline
e.
g.
is too wide spacing.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a
capital letter:
-\newline
+\newline
This is a TEST.
And this is wrong spacing.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Space in front of labels and similar commands:
-\newline
-The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong
- page.
+\newline
+The label should stick right
+ up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page.
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces:
-\newline
-In you are in bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced
- text and reference number, and that's a pity.
+\newline
+In you are in bad luck,
+ the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number,
+ and that's a pity.
See section
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex}
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Use of ,,x'' instead of
\begin_inset Formula $\times$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
between numbers:
-\newline
+\newline
2x2 looks cheap compared to
\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
i inne \SpecialChar \ldots{}
To jest nieocenione narzêdzie gdy ,,zakoñczyli¶my'' pracê nad dokumentem.
Przed wydrukowaniem powinni¶my sprawdziæ obligatoryjnie pisowniê i uruchomiæ
CheckTeX-a.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Jak u¿yæ
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li masz zainstalowany program
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
checktex
-\family default
+\family default
, po prostu wybierz z menu polecenie
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
dycja\SpecialChar \menuseparator
C
-\bar under
+\bar under
h
-\bar default
+\bar default
eck TeX
-\family default
+\family default
.
To spowoduje utworzenie pliku LaTeX-a na podstawie Twojego dokumentu, sprawdzen
ie go przez
-\family sans
+\family sans
CheckTeX
-\family default
+\family default
i wstawienie ,,okienek b³êdów'' do dokumentu z ostrze¿eniami
-\family sans
+\family sans
CheckTeX
-\family default
+\family default
, je¶li jakie¶ znalaz³.
Ostrze¿enia zostan± umieszczone blisko miejsca wyst±pienia b³êdu, które
mo¿esz szybko odnale¼æ za pomoc± polecenia z menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
N
-\bar default
+\bar default
awigacja\SpecialChar \menuseparator
B³±d
-\family default
+\family default
lub za pomoc± skótu klawiszowego
-\family sans
+\family sans
C-g
-\family default
+\family default
w domy¶lnym pliku bind
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
cua
-\family default
+\family default
.
Okienko b³êdu otwiera siê przez klikniêcie na nim myszk± lub domy¶lnym
skrótem
-\family sans
+\family sans
C-i
-\family default
+\family default
albo skrótem z pliku bind
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
emacs
-\family sans
+\family sans
C-o
-\family default
+\family default
.
Przeczytaj uwagi i popraw b³êdy je¶li s±.
Je¶li masz k³opoty ze zrozumieniem co oznaczaj± ostrze¿enia, mo¿esz spokojnie
je zignorowaæ.
Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and
the technical details in invoking
-\family sans
+\family sans
CheckTeX
-\family default
+\family default
, and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain
silly.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should
provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with.
Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false
alarms, though.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Jak dopasowaæ
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Sometimes, you'll find that
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
makes more noise than suits your mood.
Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try
to customize
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
to get better along with you.
Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
dycja\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
suñ wszystkie okienka b³êdów
-\family default
+\family default
, which will get rid of all warnings instantly.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mimo to
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
-\emph on
+\family default
+\emph on
jest
-\emph default
+\emph default
bardzo konfigurowalny i extensible, nie powiniene¶ spodziewaæ siê rozwi±zania
wszystkich problemów przez
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
w LyX-ie t± drog±.
Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match
the line numbers from
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
output
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
You can inspect the specific output from
-\family sans
+\family sans
chktex
-\family default
+\family default
by using
-\family sans
+\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-View\SpecialChar ~
-LaTeX\SpecialChar ~
+View\InsetSpace ~
+LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
Log
-\family default
+\family default
right after a
-\family sans
+\family sans
chktex
-\family default
+\family default
run.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
to appear correctly.
S± dwie rzeczy, które mo¿esz wykonaæ :
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Dopasuj polecenia wywo³ania
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
w swoim pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
lub w globalnym pliku konfiguracyjnym instalacji
-\family sans
+\family sans
ChkTeX
-\family default
+\family default
(zwykle jest to plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
/usr/local/share/chktexrc
-\family default
+\family default
).
Zobacz poni¿ej jak mo¿na w³±czaæ i wy³±czaæ ostrze¿enia w wierszu poleceñ.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Wyeksportuj swoj dokument do LaTeX-a za pomoc± polecenia
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
E
-\bar default
+\bar default
ksportuj\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
L
-\bar default
+\bar default
aTeX
-\family default
+\family default
i uruchom
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
chktex
-\family default
+\family default
rêcznie.
Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place
in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able
to do it.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Poni¿sze komunikaty ostrze¿eñ mog± byæ aktywowane lub wy³±czone za pomoc±
odpowiednich wpisów w dyrektywie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
chktex_command
-\family default
+\family default
w Twoim pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
.
U¿yj
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-n#
-\family default
+\family default
aby wy³±czyæ ostrze¿enie i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-w#
-\family default
+\family default
aby je uaktywniæ.
Ostrze¿enia napisane kursyw± s± domy¶lnie wy³±czone, przez domy¶lny wpis
w dyrektywie "
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38
-\family default
+\family default
".
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings,
because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set
in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
chktex
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
Command terminated with space.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Non-breaking space (,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
~
-\family default
+\family default
'') should have been used.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
You should enclose the previous parenthesis with ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
{}
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Italic correction (,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
/
-\family default
+\family default
'') found in non-italic buffer.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Italic correction (,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
/
-\family default
+\family default
'') found more than once.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
No italic correction (,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
/
-\family default
+\family default
'') found.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Accent command ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
cmd
-\family default
+\family default
'' needs use of ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
cmd
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Wrong length of dash may have been used.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%s
-\family default
+\family default
'' expected, found ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%s
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Solo ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%s
-\family default
+\family default
'' found.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should use ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%s
-\family default
+\family default
'' to achieve an ellipsis.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Inter-word spacing (,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\family default
+\family default
'') should perhaps be used.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Inter-sentence spacing (,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
@
-\family default
+\family default
'') should perhaps be used.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Could not find argument for command.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
No match found for ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%s
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Number of ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
char
-\family default
+\family default
'' doesn't match the number of ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
char
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should use either
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
,,
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
''
-\family default
+\family default
as an alternative to ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
"
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should use ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
'
-\family default
+\family default
'' (ASCII 39) instead of ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
´
-\family default
+\family default
'' (ASCII 180).
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
User-specified pattern found.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
This command might not be intended.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
Comment displayed.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Either
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
''
-\backslash
+\backslash
,'
-\family default
+\family default
or
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
'
-\backslash
+\backslash
,''
-\family default
+\family default
will look better.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Delete this space to maintain correct page references.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
You might wish to put this between a pair of ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
{}
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Could not execute LaTeX command.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Don't use
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
/
-\family default
+\family default
in front of small punctuation.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\family typewriter
-\size small
+\family typewriter
+\size small
$
-\backslash
+\backslash
times$
-\family default
+\family default
may look prettier here.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
Multiple spaces detected in output.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
This text may be ignored.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Use
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
,,
-\family default
+\family default
to begin quotation, not
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\family default
+\family default
'.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Use
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
'
-\family default
+\family default
to end quotation, not
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
''
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Don't mix quotes.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should perhaps use ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
cmd
-\family default
+\family default
'' instead.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
-\emph on
+\size small
+\emph on
You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
Double space found.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
You should remove spaces in front of ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%s
-\family default
+\family default
''
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\size small
+\size small
,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%s
-\family default
+\family default
'' is normally not followed by ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
%c
-\family default
+\family default
''.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mam nadziejê, ¿e w nastêpnych wersjach LyX-a dostarczymy bardziej kompletny
interfejs dla tego narzêdzia (i jego mniejszego kuzyna
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lacheck
-\family default
+\family default
) dla wykorzystania jego pe³nych mo¿liwo¶ci.
But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing
documents of a certain length and be surprised.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Kontrola wersji (RCS) w LyX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Lars Gullik Bjønnes
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Moi przyjaciele chcieli u¿yæ LyX-a do projektu grupowego.
Gdy nie znale¼li obs³ugi kontroli wersji ani blokowania plików, porzucili
ten pomys³.
i± obs³ugi CVS i/lub SCCS jako przysz³o¶ciowe ulepszenie).
To ju¿ zosta³o zrobione i teraz LyX obs³uguje najbardziej podstawowe polecenia
RCS.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li potrzebujesz zrobiæ co¶ bardziej wyszukanego to bêdziesz musia³ zrobiæ
to rêcznie w terminalu xterm.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Zanim zaczniesz u¿ywaæ kontroli wersji w LyX-ie powiniene¶ wpierw przeczytaæ
-\emph on
+\emph on
rcsintro
-\emph default
+\emph default
(plik man:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
man rcsintro
-\family default
+\family default
).
W tym pliku s± opisane wszystkie podstawowe funkcje RCS.
Powiniene¶ zwróciæ szczególn± uwagê na katalog RCS oraz na plik g³ówny
RCS (zakoñczony v)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W LyX-ie dokonano implementacji dla ostatniej wersji pakietu GNU RCS --
nie gwarantujemy wykonania dla starszych wersji.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Polecenia RCS w LyX
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W dalszych sekcjach opisano polecenia RCS obs³ugiwane przez LyX-a.
Mo¿esz je znale¼æ w menu
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
P
-\bar default
+\bar default
lik\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
K
-\bar default
+\bar default
ontrola wersji
-\family default
+\family default
.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\family sans
+\family sans
Rejestruj
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li dokument nie jest objêty kontrol± wersji, to wy¶wietlone jest tylko
to polecenie menu.
A je¶li dokument jest objêty kontrol± wersji, to te polecenie jest wy³±czone.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
To polecenie rejestruje dokument w RCS.
Zostaniesz zapytany o pocz±tkowy opis dokumentu.
Dokument jest teraz w trybie TylkoDoOdczytu i aby dokonaæ jego edycji musisz
wybraæ polecenie
-\family sans
+\family sans
Odblokuj i edytuj
-\family default
+\family default
.
Dokument objêty kontrol± wersji ma oznaczenie w buforze: [RCS:<version>
<locker>].
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenie RCS:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ci -q -u -i -t-"<initial description>" <file-name>
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Przeczytaj
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
man ci
-\family default
+\family default
aby poznaæ parametry wywo³ania polecenia.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Zwolnij
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Gdy skoñczy³e¶ edycjê pliku wprowad¼ zmianê do RCS.
Gdy to zrobisz, zostaniesz zapytany o opis zmian, który zostanie zapisany
w historii dokumentu.
Numer wersji zostanie zwiêkszony, a twoje zmiany dopisane do g³ównego pliku
RCS.
Dokument jest odblokowany i ustawiony w tryb TylkoDoOdczytu.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenie RCS:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
ci -q -u -m"<description>" <file-name>
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Zablokuj i edytuj
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Za pomoc± tego polecenia blokujemy dokument dla siebie i mo¿emy go edytowaæ.
Polecenie ustawia plik w tryb ZapisOdczyt tylko dla Ciebie.
Mo¿esz kontynuowaæ edycjê do czasu, a¿ do wydania polecenia
-\family sans
+\family sans
Zwolnij
-\family default
+\family default
.
W wierszu statusowym zaznaczone jest ¿e plik zosta³ zablokowany.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenie RCS:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
co -q -l <file-name>
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Wróæ do ostatniej wersji
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenie usuwa wszystkie wprowadzone zmiany do dokumentu od czasu ostatniej
rewizji (zwolnienia).
Zostaniesz przedtem ostrze¿ony.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
RCS command:is
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
co -f -u<version> <file-name>
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Usuñ ostatnio wprowadzone zmiany
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wynikiem polecenia jest jak gdyby ostatnia rewizja siê nie zdarzy³a.
W dokumencie LyX-a nie s± dokonywane ¿adne zmiany, ale ostatnia wersja
jest usuwana z g³ównego pliku RCS.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
RCS command:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
rcs -o<version> <file-name>
-\family default
+\family default
umum
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Poka¿ historiê zmian
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Polecenie wy¶wietla pe³n± historiê dokumentu.
Wy¶wietlony zostaje
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
rlog <file-name>
-\family default
+\family default
w przegl±darce.
Przeczytaj man
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
rlog
-\family default
+\family default
aby poznaæ wiêcej informacji.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Literate Programming
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
By
-\noun on
+\noun on
Edmar Wienskoski Jr.
-\noun default
+\noun default
(edmar-w-jr@technologist.com)
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Wprowadzenie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for
literate programming.
Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique,
and know what
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
tangling
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
weaving
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
means.
If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following
sections.
There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development
history to the latest tools tips.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that
you are comfortable changing your
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
lyxrc
-\family default
+\family default
file, and X resources file.
If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover
your specific needs.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Literate Programming
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
From the Literate Programming FAQ :
-\layout Quotation
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quotation
Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together
in a fashion suited for reading by human beings.
In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting!
documentation or compilable source.
The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E.
Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Another excerpt says:
-\layout Quotation
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quotation
-\emph on
+\emph on
How is literate programming different from verbose commenting?
-\layout Quotation
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quotation
There are three distinguishing characteristics.
In order of importance, they are:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
flexible order of elaboration
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
automatic support for browsing
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics
-\end_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
References
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at:
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quote
http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/faq.html
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three !) different literate programming tools.
Where some are specialized or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
tailored
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
for particular programming languages, while other have general scope.
I selected
-\noun on
+\noun on
Noweb
-\noun default
+\noun default
for my own use for several reasons:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
It can generate the documentation either in latex or html.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to
perform special processing that you may need.
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one
of them).
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
It is free.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The Noweb web page can be found at:
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quote
http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even
some literate program examples.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
LyX and Literate Programming
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Some changes to LyX were required to enable it to interact with Noweb.
Those changes were rather simple, and were done in a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Noweb independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
way, i.e., I expect that you will be able to use this new LyX feature with
some other literate programming tool of your choice by just re-configuring
your lyxrc file.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Generowanie dokumentów i kodu (weaving and tangling)
-\layout Paragraph
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
Wybor klasy dokumentu
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new
document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will
find that there are three new document classes available:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Article (Noweb)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Book (Noweb)
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
Report (Noweb)
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
You must select one of them to create your literate documents from.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes.
New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination
with other class variations like Article (AMS).
classes, let me know and I will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach
you how to do it.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and
re-running of the auto configuration.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
a new set of document classes for it.
-\layout Paragraph
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
Wpisywanie kodu
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX enables you to write code with a layout named
-\noun on
+\noun on
Scrap
-\noun default
+\noun default
.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
The equivalent Noweb term is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Chunk
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
For historical reasons, I got used to the term
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
scrap
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years
before rendering myself to Noweb.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
<<My scrap>>=
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
code
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
more code
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
even more code
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
@
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
@
-\family default
+\family default
must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special
interpretation of what has been written.
For that reason, I defined a new layout named Scrap, that works like a
LaTeX paragraph but has a free spacing capability.
In other words, it is a combination of the LaTeX and the LyX-Code layouts.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The down side of this
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
semi-hack
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
is that consecutive paragraphs of code will be spaced with one empty line
in the source code and also in the printed documentation.
a newline (ctrl-return).
The example above will look like this:
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference
between the previous example and this one.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
<<My scrap>>=
-\newline
+\newline
code
-\newline
+\newline
more code
-\newline
+\newline
even more code
-\newline
+\newline
@
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
This layout works fine.
The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead
of a plain return.
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
It is in my list of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
improvements
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
to fix that.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
e to enter a blank character.
I believe these problems are a small price to pay for the benefits LyX
brings to you for typing, compiling, and debugging your literate program.
-\layout Paragraph
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
Generowanie dokumentacji
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document
class, and with some code and text on it.
How do I print it ? The answer is simple, you select ,,Update dvi'' or
,,Update PostScript'' or ,,View dvi'', etc.
Just like you would do for a plain document.
No special procedure is required.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX:
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
When the ,,Update dvi'' menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named
with an extension name defined by
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_extension
-\family default
+\family default
, otherwise the file will have the usual
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
extension.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special
processing is required by LyX.
Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself,
takes care of the business.
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
If the document is of any literate class LyX will execute:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout LyX-Code
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_command
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
<
-\emph on
+\emph on
filename
-\emph default
+\emph default
>
-\emph on
+\emph on
filename
-\emph default
+\emph default
.out
-\layout LyX-Code
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_error_filter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
<
-\emph on
+\emph on
filename
-\emph default
+\emph default
.out >
-\emph on
+\emph on
filename
-\emph default
+\emph default
.log
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Otherwise it will just skip this step.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Enumerate
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in
a plain document.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The purpose of the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_command
-\family default
+\family default
is to transform the newly created
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.nw
-\family default
+\family default
file into a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.tex
-\family default
+\family default
file.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The purpose of the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_error_filter
-\family default
+\family default
command is to help LyX display error boxes when the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_command
-\family default
+\family default
reports any errors.
This filter can be a C program, a script, or any thing you want.
Its job is to identify error messages from your literate tool, in our case
Noweb, and convert them to a common format that LyX understands.
A separate document,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Literate.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
, in the examples directory (accessed with the
-\family sans
+\family sans
Examples
-\family default
+\family default
button in the file popup), has a literate C program that can be used to
parse Noweb error messages.
This scheme introduces one more command for the user to configure, but
has the advantage of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
literate tool
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
independence.
Moreover, if you don't bother to set it, you can still use the system,
you just loose the ability to have a nice display and interaction with
the error messages.
-\layout Paragraph
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Paragraph
Generowanie kodu
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
When the ,,Build Program'' File menu option is chosen or the corresponding
button in the toolbar is pressed, a latex file with extension
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_extension
-\family default
+\family default
is generated just like step 1 above.
Then LyX invokes
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_command
-\family default
+\family default
to generate the code and
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_error_filter
-\family default
+\family default
to process the compilation error messages, as in step 3 above.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Note that no special processing is required from LyX.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Also note that I am assuming that you are familiar with Noweb.
In this case you will know what to do to get an executable file starting
from a noweb file (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.nw
-\family default
+\family default
extension).
It is likely that you will create a makefile for that purpose.
For that reason, after LyX creates the noweb file, it invokes the command
defined by
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_program
-\family default
+\family default
, with a default of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
make
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
In case you want to process your literate file with a script, or some other
program, just insert in your lyxrc file an entry with:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_command
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
my_script my_arguments
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
The
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_error_filter
-\family default
+\family default
differs from the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_error_filter
-\family default
+\family default
only in that the former will identify error messages from your compiler.
The same example program mentioned before can also parse gcc, or xlc error
messages.
Again, the same comments from the previous section are valid here: this
is optional, you can skip it if you can afford to loose the LyX error handling
feature.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
In summary, the ,,Build Program'' internal function sequence is pretty much
like the ,,Update dvi'' one but involving different commands.
See schematic:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
,,Update dvi'' -> generate .tex
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-> invoke -> show latex errors
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
on plain doc file
-\backslash
+\backslash
latex
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
,,Update dvi'' -> generate same -> invoke
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-> invoke -> show latex errors
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
on literate doc file with .nw
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_command
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
latex
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
extension
-\backslash
+\backslash
_______ -> show literate errors
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
-\layout LyX-Code
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
,,Build Program'' -> generate same -> invoke
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-> show compilation error
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
on literate doc file with .nw
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_command
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
extension ( make )
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Konfiguracja LyXa
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There are five new controls that you can put in your lyxrc file:
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_command
-\family default
+\family default
specifies which literate tool you are going to use.
During normal LyX configuration, the auto configuration script will try
to find the noweb package for you.
If the search is successful, the default value for this control is set
to:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
noweave -delay -index
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Otherwise the default value is set to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
none
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_extension
-\family default
+\family default
specifies the filename extension to be used for literate documents.
Some literate tools requires specific file extension names.
The default is set during configuration as either
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.nw
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
none
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, depending on whether the auto configuration found the noweb package or
not.
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_command
-\family default
+\family default
defaults to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
make
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
You need to create a makefile to do the tangling, compilation, etc.
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
Another way is to maintain the makefile or building script itself as part
of the document.
That way every project can be compiled with the same command line:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
notangle -Rbuild-script
-\emph on
+\emph on
filename
-\emph default
+\emph default
.nw | sh
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
To use this scheme, create a script named
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
project-build
-\family default
+\family default
that executes the command above:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
#!/bin/sh
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | sh
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Finally set LyX to execute the
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
project-build
-\family default
+\family default
script:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_command project-build
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Every time you start a new project, define a scrap with name
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
build-script
-\family default
+\family default
that will do the compilation for that project.
Whenever you select
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Build Program
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
, LyX will extract that scrap (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
notangle -Rbuild-script...
-\family default
+\family default
) and execute it (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
...|sh
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\end_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_error_filter
-\family default
+\family default
defaults to ,,cat''.
If you compile the program given in
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Literate_example.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
, you can set:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
literate_error_filter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
listerrors n
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
to process Noweb(noweave) error messages
-\end_deeper
-\layout Description
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_error_filter
-\family default
+\family default
defaults to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
cat
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
If you compile the program given in
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
Literate_example.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
, you can set:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
build_error_filter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
listerrors b
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
to process both Noweb(notangle) error messages and gcc error messages.
-\end_deeper
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Rozszerzenia diagnostyczne
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the ,,server-goto-fi
le-row'' function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor
at the current execution position with a single key stroke.
The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V.
preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
helpers window and changing the ,,Edit
Sources'' entry.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature,
and set
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Edit Sources
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
to:
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quote
echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that
you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and
ddd you forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then
ddd was pointing to.
No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back
from debugging !
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working
(it is disabled by default).
To enable it, insert in your lyxrc file:
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quote
-\backslash
+\backslash
serverpipe "/home/<your home directory>/.lyxpipe"
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Read the LyX server documentation for further information.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Rozszerzenia paska narzêdzi
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
I created six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar.
Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: Standard, Section,
LaTeX, LyX-Code, and Scrap.
scrolling the layout menu looking for the one I wanted.
The last one is a short cut to the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Build Program
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
File menu entry.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization.
In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more:
One for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
Update dvi
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
and the other for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
View dvi
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
File menu entries.
Here is how it looks like:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin_toolbar
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
layouts
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add layout Standard
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add layout Section
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add layout LaTeX
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add layout LyX-Code
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add layout Scrap
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
separator
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add buffer-view
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add buffer-typeset
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
add build-program
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
separator
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
.
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
.
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
.
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
end_toolbar
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Dopasowanie kolorów
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized.
For each one there are two ways to do it: either by inserting a line in
your X resource files, or by adding a flag in the LyX command line.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color.
The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is
a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything
in red.
Example:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
In the X resource file:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Quote
lyx*LatexColor: gold
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
In the command line:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Quote
lyx -LatexColor gold
-\end_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen.
You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend
in the background.
equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering
you anymore.
Example:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
In the X resource file:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Quote
lyx*BackgroundColor: gray20
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Quote
lyx*NewLineColor: gray35
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
In the command line:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Quote
lyx -BackgroundColor gray20 -NewLineColor gray35
-\end_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
If you don't like a bright clear background burning your eyes all day long,
you can reverse background and foreground colors with this:
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
In the X resource file:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Quote
lyx*Reverse: 1
-\end_deeper
-\layout Itemize
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
In the command line:
-\begin_deeper
-\layout Quote
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Quote
lyx -Reverse 1
-\end_deeper
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
The problem with all those color alterations is that you may need to change
other colors as well to ensure that math, inset, etc, are
\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
with respect to the rest.
The following is the selection I use in my own X resource file.
It is just a suggestion.
I encourage you to try to find the color set that work best for you.
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*Reverse: 1
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*MathColor: green
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*LatexColor: gold
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*OnOffLineColor: magenta
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*InsetColor: yellow
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*LightedColor: gray50
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*NewLineColor: gray35
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
lyx*BackgroundColor: gray20
-\layout Chapter
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
Sekrety LaTeX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mimo ¿e LyX jest silnym narzêdziem, to nie mo¿na mieæ nadziei na obs³ugê
wszystkiego co zosta³o zrobione dla TeX-a/LaTeX-a.
Jednak wiele tricków TeX-a i LaTeX-a mo¿e byæ wykonane w LyX-ie, je¶li
nie obawiasz siê u¿yæ przycisku ,,TeX'' z paska narzêdzi lub dokonywaæ
wpisów w preambule LaTeX-a (w menu
-\bar under
+\bar under
U
-\family sans
-\bar default
+\family sans
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\family default
+\family default
P
-\family sans
+\family sans
reambu³a
-\bar under
+\bar under
L
-\bar default
+\bar default
aTeX
-\family default
+\family default
).
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
W tym rozdziale opisano kilka sposobów i pomys³ów, aby Twoje dokumenty by³y
trochê sprytniejsze.
Wypróbuj je w domu i zacznij od czego¶ ma³ego i mniej wa¿nego.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Wiêkszo¶æ pomys³ów tego rozdzia³u wymaga mniej podstawowych plików w Twojej
instalacji LaTeX-a.
Je¶li masz system taki jak teTeX, wiêkszo¶æ bêdzie ju¿ dostêpnych.
LaTeX-a które robi± te same rzeczy.
Nie chcemy przedk³adaæ jednego pakietu nad inne, po prostu chcemy wykonaæ
okre¶lone zadanie za pomoc± okre¶lonego pliku.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Triki w przypisach i marginaliach
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
suggested by Robin
-\noun on
+\noun on
Socha
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przypisy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX jeszcze nie potrafi ustawiæ numeracji przypisów z powrotem od 1 po ka¿dej
sekcji w klasie dokumentu ,,article'' lub zmianie stylu licznika.
Aby to osi±gn±æ bêdziesz potrzebowa³ nastêpuj±cych poleceñ LaTeX-a:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
setcounter{footnote}{0}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
setcounter{footnote}{0}
-\family default
+\family default
ustawi licznik z powrotem na 1
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Licznik zosta³ ustawiony na 1.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Nastêpuj±ce polecenie zmienia numeracjê przypisów na numerowanie ma³ymi
literami.
Zobacz w podgl±dzie jak to wygl±da.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
thefootnote}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
alph{footnote}}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
To jest przyk³ad przypisu numerowanego alfabetycznie.
-\newline
+\newline
U¿yj
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
thefootnote {
-\backslash
+\backslash
alph{footnote}}
-\family default
+\family default
aby to uzyskaæ.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Nastêpne polecenie ustawia styl licznika z powrotem na domy¶lny, np.
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic
-\family default
+\family default
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand {
-\backslash
+\backslash
thefootnote} {
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic{footnote}}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-\layout Standard
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
U¿yj
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
thefootnote}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic{footnote}}
-\family default
+\family default
aby przywróciæ styl licznika na domy¶lny -- numeryczny
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic.
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz u¿ywaæ
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
roman
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
Roman
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
alph
-\family default
+\family default
lub
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
Alph
-\family default
+\family default
i innych stylów liczników.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Marginalia
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Tutaj znajduj± siê dwa przyk³ady jak wstawiæ marginalia przy u¿yciu poleceñ
LaTeX-a
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Nastêpuj±ce polecenie utworzy poziom± liniê pojawiaj±c± obok tekstu:
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
marginpar{
-\backslash
+\backslash
rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
-\family default
+\family default
.
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
marginpar{
-\backslash
+\backslash
rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
-Zobacz na wydruku co robi nastêpuj±ce polecenie.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Zobacz na wydruku co robi nastêpuj±ce polecenie.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
reversemarginpar
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Right -- wstawi notkê marginesow± na ,,z³ej'' stronie dwustronnego dokumentu.
\begin_inset Marginal
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
reverse
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
marginpar
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Sk³ad wieloszpaltowy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
by Lars
-\noun on
+\noun on
Gullik Bjønnes
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Zastosowanie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Celem tej sekcji
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Przypis edytora: Oryginalny rozdzia³ Lars'a by³ pe³nym opisem zastosowania
pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
multicol
-\family default
+\family default
.
jednak by³ on zbyt d³ugi do w³±czenia go do tego dokumentu.
Dlatego wybra³em najwa¿niejsze tematy (przepraszam Lars); mo¿esz przeczytaæ
oryginalny rozdzia³ w przyk³adowym pliku
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
examples/multicol.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
.
--- mer
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
jest przedstawienie jak mo¿na u¿yæ LaTeX-owy pakiet
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
multicol
-\family default
+\family default
w dokumencie LyX-a.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
LyX jako taki jeszcze nie obs³uguje pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
multicol
-\family default
+\family default
natywnie, ale mamy na to swój sposób.
Po przeczytaniu tej sekcji powiniene¶ umieæ go wykorzystaæ.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Ograniczenia
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pakiet
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
multicol
-\family default
+\family default
pozwala na prze³±czanie pomiêdzy jedn± a wieloma szpaltami na jednej stronie.
Przypisy s± obs³ugiwane poprawnie (w wiêkszej czê¶ci), ale zostan± umieszczone
u do³u strony i nie pod odpowiedni± kolumn±.
i.
Od tego momentu tylko wstawki o szeroko¶ci strony mog± byæ u¿ywane wewn±trz
wspomnianego ¶rodowiska.
-\layout Subsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
Przyk³ady
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Dwie szpalty
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Je¶li chcesz mieæ dwie szpalty w tek¶cie, u trybie LaTeX-a wstaw polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
-\family default
+\family default
w miejscu, od którego chcesz zacz±æ dwie szpalty i wstaw polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{multicols}
-\family default
+\family default
w miejscu, gdzie chcesz je zakoñczyæ.
Oto przyk³ad:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-\size small
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+\size small
The Adventure of the Empty House
-\series default
+\series default
-\newline
+\newline
by
-\noun on
+\noun on
Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\size small
+\size small
It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and
the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald
Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances.
me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest
shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\size small
+\size small
Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think of
it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and incredulity
which utterly submerged my mind.
with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had
I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was
only withdrawn upon the third of last month.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{multicols}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Uk³ad wieloszpaltowy
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Ten sam przepis jest u¿ywany gdy chcesz utworzyæ wiêcej ni¿ dwie szpalty:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{multicols}{3}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
-\size footnotesize
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\size footnotesize
It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested
me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to
read with care the various problems which came before the public.
found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate.
At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts
as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{multicols}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz mieæ wiêcej ni¿ trzy szpalty je¶li chcesz, ale to nie bêdzie przyjemne
do czytania.
-\layout Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
Szpalty wewn±trz szpalty
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz umie¶ciæ szpalty wewn±trz szpalty:
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
-\size footnotesize
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\size footnotesize
The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth,
at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies.
Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for
cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together
at 427 Park Lane.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{multicols}{2}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
-\size footnotesize
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\size footnotesize
The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies
and no particular vices.
He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement
For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle,
for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{multicols}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
-\size footnotesize
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\size footnotesize
Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most
strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty
on the night of March 30, 1894.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\size footnotesize
+\size footnotesize
Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such
stakes as would hurt him.
He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs.
actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some
weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral.
So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{multicols}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Proszê przeczytaæ plik
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
examples/multicol.lyx
-\family default
+\family default
dla poznania bardziej zaawansowanych przyk³adów w³±czania odstêpów pomiêdzy
szpaltami i nag³ówkiem, pionowych linii separuj±cych i innych.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Numeracja w ¶rodowisku wyliczenia akapitów
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_bottom bigskip
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
by John
-\noun on
+\noun on
Weiss
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Domy¶lna numeracja akapitów w ¶rodowisku wyliczenia zaczyna siê od cyfr
arabskich, a koñczy siê na du¿ych literach alfabetu.
Prawdopodobnie jednak bêdziesz chcia³ inaczej numerowaæ akapity.
Oto przyk³ad jak zmieniæ schemat numeracji:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumi}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
Roman{enumi}.}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumii}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
Alph{enumii}.}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumiii}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic{enumiii}.}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumiv}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
alph{enumiv}.)}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
który zmienia schemat na nastêpuj±cy: cyfry rzymskie, du¿e litery, cyfry
arabskie i ma³e litery.
Na przyk³ad pierwszy akapit pierwszego poziomu bêdzie oznaczony ,,I.''.
Dla lepszej orientacji opiszemy jak wygl±da numeracja z u¿yciem naszego
schematu: <,,I.'', ,,A.'', ,,1.'', ,,a.)''>.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿na zobaczyæ w przyk³adzie, gdzie s± polecenia dla ka¿dego zagnie¿d¿onego
poziomu,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumi
-\family default
+\family default
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumiv
-\family default
+\family default
, podobnie jak liczniki,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
enumi
-\family default
+\family default
\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
enumiv
-\family default
+\family default
.
Znajduje siê tak¿e piêæ poleceñ ,,drukowania numeru'',
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic{}
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
roman{}
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
Roman{}
-\family default
+\family default
,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
alph{}
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
Alph{}
-\family default
+\family default
, ka¿dy z nich pobiera jeden licznik jako argument.
Mo¿na dodaæ znaki przed lub po, ale nie ma potrzeby dodawania spacji.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mo¿esz rzeczywi¶cie otrzymaæ ozdobny schemat numeracji, na przyk³ad:
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumi}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
#
-\backslash
+\backslash
Alph{enumi}
-\backslash
+\backslash
#}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumii}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
-\backslash
+\backslash
arabic{enumii}}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumiii}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
alph{enumiii}+}
-\layout LyX-Code
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
-\backslash
+\backslash
renewcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
labelenumiv}{(
-\backslash
+\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Otrzymujemy wówczas nastêpuj±c± numeracjê: <,,#A#'', ,,A.1'', ,,a+'', ,,(i)''>.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Przestrzeñ pomiêdzy wierszami tabel
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_bottom bigskip
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
by Mike
-\noun on
+\noun on
Ressler
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
LaTeX pozwala wstawiaæ trochê wolnego miejsca pomiêdzy wierszami tabeli
przez podanie opcjonalnego argumentu koñca wiersza (
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\family default
+\family default
).
Ta metoda nie jest formalnie zaimplementowana w LyX-ie, ale podajemy dwa
drobne tricki do wykonania tego samego zadania.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Pierwszy sposób jest bardziej formalny, ale bardziej zawik³any.
W preambule nale¿y dodaæ nastêpuj±c± definicjê polecenia:
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
newcommand{
-\backslash
+\backslash
extratablespace}[1]{
-\backslash
+\backslash
noalign{vskip#1}}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
To polecenie pobiera pojedynczy argument -- ilo¶æ miejsca, któr± chcesz
wstawiæ.
Wstaw polecenie w pierwszej kolumnie nastêpnego wiersza gdzie chcia³by¶
aby pojawi³o siê wolne miejsce.
Oto przyk³ad (usun±³em wszystkie ramki u¿ywaj±c
-\family sans
-\bar under
+\family sans
+\bar under
U
-\bar default
+\bar default
k³ad\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\bar under
+\bar under
T
-\bar default
+\bar default
abel
-\family default
+\family default
a):
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Tabular
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Minerals
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Calcite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Dolomite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Quartz
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Graphite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
extratablespace{2ex}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Rocks
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Limestone
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Sandstone
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Granite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Andesite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Drugi sposób jest szybszy.
Po prostu umie¶æ w odpowiednim wierszu opcjonalny argument koñca wiersza.
¯adne eleganckie definicje nie s± potrzebne jak w poprzednim przyk³adzie,
wiersz plus odstêp.
Je¶li zbyt du¿o jest dodawanego miejsca to u¿yj liczby ujemnej, jak w przyk³adz
ie:
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Tabular
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Minerals
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Calcite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Dolomite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Quartz
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Graphite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
-\backslash
+\backslash
[-1ex]
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
Rocks
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Limestone
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Sandstone
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Granite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
-\layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Standard
Andesite
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_inset
.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
To pozwala szybko wykonaæ pracê, ale zdarza siê, ¿e brzydko wygl±da.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Inicja³y
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_bottom bigskip
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
by Mike
-\noun on
+\noun on
Ressler
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
newfont{
-\backslash
+\backslash
tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{
-\backslash
+\backslash
tmpfont C}
-\backslash
+\backslash
vspace*{-8.4ex}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
hangindent=3.3em
-\backslash
+\backslash
hangafter=-3
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
i którzy lubi± styl starych ksi±¿ek prawdopodobnie tak¿e lubi± ,,inicja³y''
--- tê wielk± literê rozpoczynaj±c± ka¿dy nowy rozdzia³ czy sekcjê.
Implementacja tego jest prosta (zak³adaj±c, ¿e znasz trochê plain TeX-a!)
ale nie wymaga wiele pracy i powtórzeñ, co mog³e¶ zobaczyæ na pocz±tku
akapitu w brzydkim trybie TeX-a.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
verb+
-\backslash
+\backslash
bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{I}+
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
stnieje oczywi¶cie o wiele ³atwiejsza droga.
Pakiet
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dropcaps
-\family default
+\family default
(lub nowszy
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dropping
-\family default
+\family default
) z archiwum CTAN pozwala na prostsz± metodê uzyskania inicja³ów w dokumencie.
Od jakiego¶ czasu pakiet ten nie jest standardow± czê¶ci± teTeX-a.
Nie mogê go zademonstrowaæ w tym dokumencie ale je¶li skopiujesz ten akapit
do nowego dokumentu, usuniesz ,,
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
verb
-\family default
+\family default
'' oraz znaki plus z kodu TeX-a na pocz±tku akapitu i dodasz do preambu³y
polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{dropcaps}
-\family default
+\family default
to otrzymasz literê I zapisan± czcionk± Times Roman Italic o wysoko¶ci
trzech wierszy tekstu przesuniêt± o 1 em za margines.
Pierwszym argumentem jest wielko¶æ wciêcia, ujemna warto¶æ powoduje przesuniêci
Drugi argument zawiera wysoko¶æ inicja³u, podaje siê j± w wierszach.
Trzeci argument jest nazw± czcionki, czcionki wirtualne posiadaj±ce pliki
tfm powinny dzia³aæ (przebrnij przez katalog
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
.../texmf/fonts/tfm
-\family default
+\family default
aby sprawdziæ mo¿liwo¶ci).
Moim osobistym faworytem jest
-\family sans
+\family sans
yinit
-\family default
+\family default
, ozdobna czcionka niemiecka specjalnie zaprojektowana do inicja³ów.
Czwartym argumentem jest litera lub litery, które maj± byæ inicja³em.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Collapsed
+status collapsed
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
verb+
-\backslash
+\backslash
dropping{2}{P}+
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
pakiet
\begin_inset Foot
-collapsed true
-
-\layout Standard
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
Przyp.
t³um.
Aby zobaczyæ wynik pracy pakietu
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dropping
-\family default
+\family default
to nale¿y wykonaæ czynno¶ci podobne jak poprzednio, jedynie w preambule
nale¿y wpisaæ
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
usepackage{dropping}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
+
+\family typewriter
dropping
-\family default
+\family default
tak¿e oferuje polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
bigdrop
-\family default
+\family default
o identycznej sk³adni jak w pakiecie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
dropcaps
-\family default
+\family default
, a tak¿e trochê uproszczone polecenie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
dropping o
-\family default
+\family default
trzech argumentach.
Pierwszy -- opcjonalny -- okre¶la odleg³o¶æ od lewego marginesu -- domy¶lnie
0pt.
Drugi zawiera wysoko¶æ inicja³u podawan± w wierszach.
Trzecim argumentem jest litera lub litery, które maj± byæ inicja³em.
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
Niestandardowe kszta³ty akapitów
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_bottom bigskip
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
by Mike
-\noun on
+\noun on
Ressler
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Open
+status open
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
begin{sloppypar}
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\end_layout
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\backslash
newdimen
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
setlength{
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit}{4.5in}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Standard
-\noindent
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
\begin_inset ERT
-status Open
+status open
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
parshape 25 0.45
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.332
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.40
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.300
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.35
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.293
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.30
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.300
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.25
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.317
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.20
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.342
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.15
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.373
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.10
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.410
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.05
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.453
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.00
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.500
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.05
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.453
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.10
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.410
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.15
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.373
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.20
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.342
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.25
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.317
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.30
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.300
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.35
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.300
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.40
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.300
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.45
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.320
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.50
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.320
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.55
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.330
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.60
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.330
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.65
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.330
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.70
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.340
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
0.75
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit 0.340
-\backslash
+\backslash
varunit
-\newline
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-Oto nadszed³ czas, w\SpecialChar ~
+\end_inset
+
+Oto nadszed³ czas, w\InsetSpace ~
którym musimy obaliæ tyraniê prostok±tnych akapitów.
W tej sytuacji, wywo³amy do tego radosne polecenie plain TeX-a
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
parshape
-\family default
+\family default
.
Jak mo¿esz zobaczyæ, w pe³ni dowolny kszta³t mo¿e byæ osi±gniêty przez
odpowiednie ustawienie definicji d³ugo¶ci wiersza.
sobie sytuacjê tak± jak dok³adnie ustawione inicja³y, oblane tekstem rysunki
o nieregularnym kszta³cie itp.
daj±ce wra¿enie rêcznej pracy.
-\layout Standard
-\added_space_top bigskip
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
Sk³adnia:
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
-\backslash
+\backslash
parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{}
#nindent #nlength
-\family default
+\family default
, gdzie
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
numlines
-\family default
+\family default
okre¶la liczbê wierszy tekstu która definiuje akapit.
Je¶li liczba wierszy bêdzie mniejsza od za³o¿onej, to kszta³t zostanie
skrócony.
Je¶li za¶ wierszy bêdzie wiêcej ni¿ za³o¿ono, to kolejne nadmiarowe wiersze
zachowaj± parametry ostatniego definiowanego wiersza.
Dyrektywy
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
#nindent
-\family default
+\family default
i
-\family typewriter
+\family typewriter
#nlength
-\family default
+\family default
okre¶laj± odstêp wiersza od lewego marginesu i d³ugo¶æ wiersza mierzone
w punktach.
Kszta³t dotyczy tylko bie¿±cego akapitu, nastêpny akapit jest formatowany
normalnie.
-\layout Standard
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status Open
+status open
-\layout Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
+\backslash
end{sloppypar}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\layout Section
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
Podsumowanie
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Jak mo¿na zobaczyæ, przyk³ady w tym rozdziale zaczynaj± siê od u¿ytecznych
a¿ do wymy¶lnych.
Nie spodziewam siê aby kto¶ potrzebowa³ kszta³tu akapitu jak ostatnim rozdziale
, ale wa¿ne jest to ¿e mo¿esz zrobiæ prawie wszystko co chcesz w LyX-ie
je¶li bêdziesz mia³ ochotê wyobraziæ sobie jak to zrobiæ w TeX-u i LaTeX-u.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
TeX jest fantastycznym systemem sk³adu i jego mo¿liwo¶ci s± dostêpne dla
Ciebie przez LyX-a wykorzystuj±cego go w tle.
-\layout Standard
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
Mi³ego LyX-owania!
-\the_end
+\end_layout
+
+\end_body
+\end_document
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff